(diff-default-read-only): Change default.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobcbdb4fcb911bb6c0ff677069929f79a23bb7c54e
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16211 27037))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16249 32008))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/09/30 12:54:32 $.
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
84 \\{ada-mode-map}
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 If you use imenu.el:
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
124 \(fn)" t nil)
126 ;;;***
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
135 \(fn)" t nil)
137 ;;;***
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
149 ;;;***
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16211 27008))
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
181 Prompt for a change log name.
183 \(fn)" nil nil)
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name.
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
206 name and site.
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
219 the same person.
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
223 notices.
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
233 the change log file in another window.
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
244 \\{change-log-mode-map}
246 \(fn)" t nil)
248 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
249 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
251 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
252 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
254 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
255 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
257 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
258 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
260 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
261 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
263 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
264 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
265 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
266 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
267 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
269 Has a preference of looking backwards.
271 \(fn)" nil nil)
273 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
274 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
275 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
276 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
277 or a buffer.
279 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
280 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
282 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
284 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
285 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
287 \(fn)" t nil)
289 ;;;***
291 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
292 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16211
293 ;;;;;; 27023))
294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
296 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
297 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
298 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
299 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
300 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
301 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
302 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
303 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
304 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
305 interpreted as `error'.")
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
309 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
310 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
311 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
312 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
313 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
314 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
315 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
316 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
320 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
321 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
322 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
323 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
324 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
325 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
326 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
327 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
328 will be overwritten with the new one.
329 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
330 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
331 will clear the cache.
333 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
335 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY... )
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
386 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
388 ;;;***
390 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
391 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
392 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16211 27008))
393 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
395 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
396 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
397 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
398 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
399 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
400 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
401 rule's `separate' attribute).
403 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
404 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
405 `separate' attribute set.
407 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
408 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
409 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
410 on the format of these lists.
412 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
414 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
415 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
416 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
417 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
418 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
419 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
420 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
421 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
422 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
423 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
424 options.
426 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
427 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
429 Fred (123) 456-7890
430 Alice (123) 456-7890
431 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
432 Joe (123) 456-7890
434 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
435 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
436 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
440 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
445 align that section.
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
449 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
455 been used to align that section.
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
465 to be colored.
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
469 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
472 \(fn)" t nil)
474 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
477 \(fn)" t nil)
479 ;;;***
481 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16271 3441))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
485 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
487 MODE is one of the following symbols:
489 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
490 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
491 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
492 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
493 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
494 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
495 any confirmation check.
497 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
498 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
499 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
500 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
502 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
503 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
504 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
506 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
507 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
509 \(require 'allout)
510 \(allout-init t)
512 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
514 ;;;***
516 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
517 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16211 27037))
518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
520 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
522 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
523 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
524 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
525 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
526 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
527 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
529 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
531 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
532 Not documented
534 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
536 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
538 ;;;***
540 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
541 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16211 27038))
542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
544 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
545 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
546 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
547 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
548 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
549 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
550 in the current window.
552 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
554 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
555 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
556 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
558 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
560 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
561 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
563 \(fn)" t nil)
565 ;;;***
567 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
568 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16211 27008))
569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
571 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
572 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
574 \(fn)" t nil)
576 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
577 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
579 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
580 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
581 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
582 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
584 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
585 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
587 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
591 ;;;***
593 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
594 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16277 42320))
595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
597 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
598 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
599 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
600 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
601 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 \\[yank].
604 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
605 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
606 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607 the rules.
609 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
610 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
611 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
612 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
614 \(fn)" t nil)
616 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
617 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
618 \\{antlr-mode-map}
620 \(fn)" t nil)
622 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
623 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
624 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
626 \(fn)" nil nil)
628 ;;;***
630 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
631 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
632 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
633 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16211 27023))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
636 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
637 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
638 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
639 as the first thing on a line.")
641 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
643 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
644 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
646 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
648 (defvar appt-audible t "\
649 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
651 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
653 (defvar appt-visible t "\
654 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
656 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
658 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
659 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
663 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
664 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
668 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
669 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
671 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
673 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
674 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
675 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
677 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
679 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
680 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
681 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
683 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
685 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
686 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
688 \(fn)" t nil)
690 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
691 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
692 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
693 put in the appointments list.
694 02/23/89
695 12:00pm lunch
696 Wednesday
697 10:00am group meeting
698 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
699 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
700 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
702 \(fn)" nil nil)
704 ;;;***
706 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
707 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
708 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16211 27008))
709 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
711 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
712 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
714 \\{apropos-mode-map}
716 \(fn)" t nil)
718 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
719 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
720 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
721 normal variables.
723 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
725 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
727 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
728 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
729 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
730 noninteractive functions.
732 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
733 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
735 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
737 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
738 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
740 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
742 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
743 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
744 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
745 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
746 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
748 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
750 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
751 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
752 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
753 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
754 Returns list of symbols and values found.
756 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
758 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
759 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
760 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
761 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
762 bindings.
763 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
765 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
767 ;;;***
769 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16211
770 ;;;;;; 27009))
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
773 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
774 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
775 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
776 Letters no longer insert themselves.
777 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
778 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
780 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
781 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
782 archive.
784 \\{archive-mode-map}
786 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
788 ;;;***
790 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16211 27011))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
793 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
794 Major mode for editing arrays.
796 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
797 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
798 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
800 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
802 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
803 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
804 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
806 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
807 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
808 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
809 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
810 The variables are:
812 Variables you assign:
813 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
814 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
815 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
816 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
817 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
818 row numbers in the buffer.
820 Variables which are calculated:
821 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
822 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
824 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
825 take a numeric prefix argument):
827 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
828 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
829 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
830 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
832 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
833 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
834 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
835 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
837 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
838 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
840 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
842 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
843 between that of point and mark.
845 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
846 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
848 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
849 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
850 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
851 newlines inside rows)
853 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
855 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
857 \(fn)" t nil)
859 ;;;***
861 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16211
862 ;;;;;; 27040))
863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
865 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
866 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
867 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
868 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
870 How to quit artist mode
872 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
875 How to submit a bug report
877 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
880 Drawing with the mouse:
882 mouse-2
883 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
884 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
885 below).
887 mouse-1
888 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
889 or pastes:
891 Operation Not shifted Shifted
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
894 to new point
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Line Line in any direction Straight line
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Rectangle Rectangle Square
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
911 lines
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Paste Paste Paste
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
922 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
923 or diagonally.
925 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
926 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
927 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
928 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
929 poly-lines.
931 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
932 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
933 overwrite means the opposite.
935 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
936 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
937 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
939 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
941 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
942 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
944 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
945 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
946 are currently drawing something.
948 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
949 some time to fill.
952 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
953 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
956 Settings
958 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
960 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
962 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
964 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
966 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
967 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
969 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
972 Drawing with keys
974 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
975 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
976 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
977 When erase characters: toggles erasing
978 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
979 When pasting: Pastes
981 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
983 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
985 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
986 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
987 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
988 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
989 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
990 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
993 Arrows
995 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
996 of the line/poly-line
998 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
999 of the line/poly-line
1002 Selecting operation
1004 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1006 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1009 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1010 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1013 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1022 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1025 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1028 Variables
1030 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1031 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1033 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1034 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1035 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1036 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1037 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1038 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1039 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1040 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1041 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1042 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1043 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1045 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1046 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1047 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1048 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1049 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1050 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1051 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1053 Hooks
1055 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1056 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1059 Keymap summary
1061 \\{artist-mode-map}
1063 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1065 ;;;***
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16211
1068 ;;;;;; 27038))
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1071 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1072 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1073 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1075 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1078 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1080 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1081 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1083 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1084 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1086 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1088 Special commands:
1089 \\{asm-mode-map}
1091 \(fn)" t nil)
1093 ;;;***
1095 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1096 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
1097 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1099 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1100 Obsolete.")
1102 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1104 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1105 This command is obsolete.
1107 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1109 ;;;***
1111 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1112 ;;;;;; (16211 27012))
1113 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1115 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1116 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1117 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1119 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1121 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1123 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1124 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1125 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1126 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1127 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1128 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1129 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1130 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1131 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1132 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1134 For example:
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1136 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1137 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1138 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1139 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1141 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1145 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1146 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1147 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1149 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1151 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1153 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1154 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1155 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1156 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1157 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1158 &c to supply digit arguments.
1160 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1164 ;;;***
1166 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1167 ;;;;;; (16301 41845))
1168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1170 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1171 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1173 \(fn)" t nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1178 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16211 27012))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1181 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1182 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1183 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1185 \(fn)" t nil)
1187 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1189 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1190 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1192 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1194 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1195 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1196 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1198 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1200 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1202 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1203 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1204 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1205 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1207 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1208 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1212 ;;;***
1214 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1215 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1216 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
1217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1219 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1220 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1221 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1222 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1224 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1226 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1227 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1228 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1229 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1230 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1231 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1233 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1234 directory or directories specified.
1236 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1238 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1239 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1240 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1242 \(fn)" nil nil)
1244 ;;;***
1246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1247 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16211 27012))
1248 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1250 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1251 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1252 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1254 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1255 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1257 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1258 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1259 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1263 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1269 \(fn)" nil nil)
1271 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1272 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1273 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1275 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1277 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1279 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1280 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1282 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1283 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1284 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1288 ;;;***
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1291 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16211 27012))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1294 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1295 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1296 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1298 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1300 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1302 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1303 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1304 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1305 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1307 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1308 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1309 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1311 Effects of the different modes:
1312 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1313 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1314 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1315 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1316 a random distance & direction.
1317 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1318 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1319 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1321 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1323 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1324 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1325 definition of \"random distance\".)
1327 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1329 ;;;***
1331 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1332 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
1333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1335 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1336 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1338 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1339 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1341 For example:
1343 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1344 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1345 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1346 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1348 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1350 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1352 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1354 ;;;***
1356 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1357 ;;;;;; (16223 32933))
1358 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1360 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1361 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1362 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1363 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1365 \(fn)" t nil)
1367 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1368 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1369 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1370 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1371 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1372 seconds.
1374 \(fn)" t nil)
1376 ;;;***
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1379 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16211 27023))
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1382 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1383 Time execution of FORMS.
1384 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1385 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1386 FORMS once.
1387 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1388 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1389 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1391 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1393 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1394 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1395 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1396 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1397 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1399 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1401 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1402 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1403 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1404 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1405 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1407 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1409 ;;;***
1411 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16277
1412 ;;;;;; 42320))
1413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1415 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1416 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1418 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1420 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1421 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1422 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1423 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1424 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1426 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1427 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1428 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1429 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1430 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1431 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1433 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1434 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1437 Special information:
1439 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1441 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1442 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1443 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1444 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1445 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1446 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1448 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1450 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1451 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1452 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1453 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1454 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1455 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1456 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1458 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1459 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1461 The following may be of interest as well:
1463 Functions:
1464 `bibtex-entry'
1465 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1466 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1467 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1468 `bibtex-pop-next'
1469 `bibtex-complete'
1470 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1471 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1472 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1474 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1475 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1477 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1478 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1479 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1480 `bibtex-validate'
1481 `bibtex-count'
1482 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1483 `bibtex-reformat'
1484 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1486 Variables:
1487 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1489 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1490 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1491 `bibtex-entry-format'
1492 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1493 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1494 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1495 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1496 `bibtex-string-files'
1498 ---------------------------------------------------------
1499 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1500 non-nil.
1502 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1504 \(fn)" t nil)
1506 ;;;***
1508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (16211 27027))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1511 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1513 ;;;***
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16211
1516 ;;;;;; 27038))
1517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1519 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1520 Play blackbox.
1521 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1523 What is blackbox?
1525 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1526 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1527 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1528 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1529 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1530 your score.
1532 Overview of play:
1534 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1535 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1536 four.
1538 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1539 movement keys.
1541 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1542 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1544 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1545 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1547 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1548 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1549 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1550 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1551 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1552 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1554 Details:
1556 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1558 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1559 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1560 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1561 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1563 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1564 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1565 denoted by the letter `R'.
1567 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1568 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1569 denoted by the letter `H'.
1571 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1572 example.
1574 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1575 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1576 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1577 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1578 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1579 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1580 ray.
1582 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1583 degree deflection it causes.
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1588 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1589 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1596 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1597 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1602 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1609 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1610 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1611 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1612 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1613 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1614 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1615 emerging from the box.
1617 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1624 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1628 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1629 a reflection.
1631 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1633 ;;;***
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1638 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16211 27012))
1639 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1640 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1641 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1642 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1644 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1645 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1646 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1647 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1648 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1649 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1650 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1651 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1652 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1664 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1665 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1666 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1667 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1668 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1669 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1670 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1671 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1672 recent one.
1674 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1675 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1676 yank successive words.
1678 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1679 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1680 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1681 name of the file being visited.
1683 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1684 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1685 the list of bookmarks.)
1687 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1689 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1690 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1691 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1692 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1693 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1694 this.
1696 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1697 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1698 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1699 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1701 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1703 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1704 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1705 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1706 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1707 after a bookmark was set in it.
1709 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1711 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1712 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1713 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1714 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1716 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1718 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1720 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1721 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1722 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1723 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1725 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1726 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1727 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1729 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1730 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1731 name.
1733 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1735 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1736 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1737 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1738 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1739 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1740 this.
1742 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1744 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1745 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1746 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1747 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1748 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1749 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1750 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1751 probably because we were called from there.
1753 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1755 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1756 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1757 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1759 \(fn)" t nil)
1761 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1762 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1763 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1764 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1765 \(second argument).
1767 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1768 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1769 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1770 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1771 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1773 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1774 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1775 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1776 `bookmark-default-file'.
1778 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1780 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1781 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1782 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1783 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1784 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1785 while loading.
1787 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1788 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1789 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1790 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1791 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1792 explicitly.
1794 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1795 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1796 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1797 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1799 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1801 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1802 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1803 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1804 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1805 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1807 \(fn)" t nil)
1809 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1811 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1813 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map))
1815 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1817 ;;;***
1819 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1820 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1821 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1822 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1823 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1824 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1825 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1826 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1827 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16211 27037))
1828 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1830 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1831 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1832 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1833 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1835 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1836 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1837 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1838 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1839 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1841 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1843 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1844 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1845 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1846 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1847 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1848 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1850 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1852 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1853 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1854 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1855 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1856 narrowed.
1858 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1860 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1861 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1863 \(fn)" t nil)
1865 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1866 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1868 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1870 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1871 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1872 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1873 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1875 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1877 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1878 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1879 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1880 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1884 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1885 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1886 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1887 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1888 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1889 to use.
1891 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1893 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1894 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1895 Default to the URL around or before point.
1897 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1898 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1899 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1900 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1902 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1903 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1905 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1906 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1908 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1910 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1911 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1912 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1913 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1915 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1916 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1917 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1918 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1920 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1921 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1923 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1925 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1926 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1927 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1928 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1930 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1931 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1932 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1933 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1935 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1936 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1937 new tab in an existing window instead.
1939 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1940 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1942 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1944 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1945 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1946 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1947 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1949 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1950 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1951 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1952 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1954 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1955 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1956 new tab in an existing window instead.
1958 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1959 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1961 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1963 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1964 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1965 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1966 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1968 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1969 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1970 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1971 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1973 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1974 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1976 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1978 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1979 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1981 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1982 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1983 program is invoked according to the variable
1984 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1986 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1987 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1988 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1989 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1991 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1992 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1994 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1996 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1997 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1998 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1999 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2001 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2003 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2004 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2005 Default to the URL around or before point.
2007 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2008 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2009 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2011 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2012 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2013 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2014 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2016 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2017 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2019 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2021 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2022 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2023 Default to the URL around or before point.
2025 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2027 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2028 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2029 Default to the URL around or before point.
2031 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2032 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2033 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2035 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2036 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2038 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2040 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2041 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2042 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2043 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2045 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2047 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2048 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2049 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2050 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2051 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2053 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2055 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2056 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2057 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2058 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2060 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2061 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2062 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2063 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2065 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2066 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2068 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2070 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2071 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2072 Default to the URL around or before point.
2074 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2076 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2077 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2078 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2079 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2080 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2081 current one.
2083 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2084 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2085 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2086 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2088 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2089 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2091 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2093 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2094 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2095 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2096 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2097 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2098 don't offer a form of remote control.
2100 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2102 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2103 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2104 Default to the URL around or before point.
2106 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2108 ;;;***
2110 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16211
2111 ;;;;;; 27038))
2112 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2114 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2115 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2117 \(fn)" t nil)
2119 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2120 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2122 \(fn)" nil nil)
2124 ;;;***
2126 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2127 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16211 27012))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2130 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2131 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2132 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2133 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2135 \(fn)" t nil)
2137 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2138 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2139 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2140 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2142 \(fn)" t nil)
2144 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2145 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2147 \(fn)" t nil)
2149 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2150 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2151 \\<bs-mode-map>
2152 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2153 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2154 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2155 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2157 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2158 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2159 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2160 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2161 name of buffer configuration.
2163 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2165 ;;;***
2167 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2168 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16310
2169 ;;;;;; 39781))
2170 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2172 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2173 Keymap used by buttons.")
2175 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2176 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2177 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2179 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2180 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2181 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2182 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2183 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2184 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2186 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2187 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2188 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2189 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2191 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2193 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2194 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2195 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2196 specifying properties to add to the button.
2197 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2198 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2199 `define-button-type'.
2201 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2203 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2205 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2206 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2207 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2208 specifying properties to add to the button.
2209 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2210 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2211 `define-button-type'.
2213 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2215 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2217 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2218 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2219 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2220 specifying properties to add to the button.
2221 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2222 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2223 `define-button-type'.
2225 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2226 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2227 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2228 `make-text-button'.
2230 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2232 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2234 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2235 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2236 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2237 specifying properties to add to the button.
2238 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2239 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2240 `define-button-type'.
2242 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2243 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2244 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2245 `insert-text-button'.
2247 Also see `make-text-button'.
2249 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2251 ;;;***
2253 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2254 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2255 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2256 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2257 ;;;;;; (16239 4666))
2258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2260 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2261 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2262 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2264 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2266 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2267 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2268 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2269 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2271 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2272 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2273 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2274 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2275 whether to compile it.
2277 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2279 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2280 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2282 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2284 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2285 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2286 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2287 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2288 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2290 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2292 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2293 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2294 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2295 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2299 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2300 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2301 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2303 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2305 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2306 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2307 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2308 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2309 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2310 all functions called by those functions.
2312 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2313 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2314 cons, etc.).
2316 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2317 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2318 invoked interactively.
2320 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2322 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2323 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2324 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2325 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2327 \(fn)" nil nil)
2329 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2330 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2331 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2332 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2333 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2334 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2335 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2336 already up-to-date.
2338 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2340 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2341 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2342 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2343 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2345 \(fn)" nil nil)
2347 ;;;***
2349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16211 27023))
2350 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2352 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2354 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2356 ;;;***
2358 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2359 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
2360 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2362 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2363 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2364 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2365 from the cursor position.
2367 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2369 ;;;***
2371 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2372 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2373 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16211
2374 ;;;;;; 27022))
2375 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2377 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2378 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2380 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2381 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2383 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2384 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2385 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2386 If nil, use original installation directory.
2387 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2389 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2390 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2392 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2393 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2395 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2396 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2397 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2399 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2400 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2404 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2405 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2407 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2409 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2410 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2412 \(fn)" t nil)
2414 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2415 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2417 \(fn)" t nil)
2419 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2420 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2421 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2422 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2424 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2426 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2427 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2428 This is most useful in the X window system.
2429 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2430 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2432 \(fn)" t nil)
2434 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2435 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2436 See calc-keypad for details.
2438 \(fn)" t nil)
2440 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2441 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2443 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2445 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2446 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2448 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2450 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2451 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2453 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2455 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2456 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2457 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2459 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2462 Not documented
2464 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2466 ;;;***
2468 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2469 ;;;;;; (16211 27022))
2470 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2472 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2473 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2475 \(fn)" nil nil)
2477 ;;;***
2479 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16211
2480 ;;;;;; 27012))
2481 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2483 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2484 Run the Emacs calculator.
2485 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2487 \(fn)" t nil)
2489 ;;;***
2491 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2492 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2493 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2494 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2495 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2496 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2497 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2498 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2499 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2500 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2501 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2502 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2503 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2504 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2505 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2506 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2507 ;;;;;; (16252 34047))
2508 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2510 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2511 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2512 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2514 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2516 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2517 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2518 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2519 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2520 the screen.")
2522 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2524 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2525 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2526 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2527 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2528 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2530 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2532 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2533 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2534 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2535 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2536 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2537 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2538 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2540 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2541 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2542 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2543 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2544 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2546 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2547 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2548 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2550 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2552 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2553 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2554 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2556 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2558 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2559 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2560 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2562 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2564 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2565 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2566 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2567 displayed.")
2569 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2571 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2572 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2573 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2575 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2577 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2578 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2579 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2581 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2583 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2585 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2586 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2587 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2589 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2590 calendar.")
2592 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2594 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2595 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2596 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2598 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2599 calendar.")
2601 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2603 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2604 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2605 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2607 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2609 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2610 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2611 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2612 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2613 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2615 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2617 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2618 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2619 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2620 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2621 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2622 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2623 a function is also provided for this:
2624 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2626 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2627 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2628 date is not visible in the window.
2630 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2631 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2632 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2634 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2636 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2637 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2639 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2640 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2641 date is visible in the window.
2643 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2644 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2645 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2647 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2649 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2650 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2652 For example,
2654 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2656 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2658 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2660 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2661 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2663 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2664 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2666 MONTH/DAY
2667 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2668 MONTHNAME DAY
2669 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2670 DAYNAME
2672 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2673 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2674 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2675 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2676 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2677 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2678 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2679 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2680 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2681 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2682 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2683 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2684 in every week.
2686 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2687 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2688 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2689 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2691 DAY/MONTH
2692 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2693 DAY MONTHNAME
2694 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2695 DAYNAME
2697 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2698 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2700 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2701 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2702 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2703 window but will appear in a diary window.
2705 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2706 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2708 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2709 entries (in the default American style):
2711 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2712 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2713 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2714 21: Payday
2715 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2716 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2717 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2718 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2719 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2720 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2721 &* 15 time cards due.
2723 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2724 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2725 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2726 single diary entry
2728 02/11/1989
2729 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2730 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2731 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2732 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2733 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2734 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2736 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2737 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2738 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2740 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2742 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2744 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2745 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2746 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2747 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2748 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2749 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2750 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2751 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2752 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2754 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2755 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2756 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2757 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2758 for these functions for details.
2760 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2761 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2763 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2765 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2766 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2768 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2770 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2771 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2773 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2775 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2776 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2778 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2780 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2781 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2782 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2784 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2786 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2787 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2788 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2790 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2792 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2793 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2794 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2795 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2797 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2799 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2800 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2801 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2802 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2805 DAY/MONTH
2806 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2807 DAY MONTHNAME
2808 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2809 DAYNAME
2811 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2812 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2813 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.")
2815 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2817 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2818 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2819 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2821 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2823 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2824 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2825 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2827 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2829 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2830 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2831 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2833 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2835 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2836 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2837 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2839 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2841 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2842 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2843 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2844 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2845 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2846 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2848 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2850 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2851 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2852 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2854 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2855 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2856 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2857 of the form
2859 #include \"filename\"
2861 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2862 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2863 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2864 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2865 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2867 For example, you could use
2869 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2870 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2871 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2873 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2874 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2875 lexicographic order.")
2877 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2879 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2880 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2881 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2883 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2885 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2886 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2887 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2888 diary display.
2890 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2891 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2892 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2893 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2894 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2895 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2896 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2898 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2899 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2900 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2901 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2902 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2903 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2904 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2905 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2907 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2909 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2910 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2911 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2912 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2913 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2914 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2916 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2918 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2919 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2921 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2922 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2923 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2924 of the form
2925 #include \"filename\"
2926 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2927 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2928 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2929 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2930 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2932 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2934 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2935 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2936 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2937 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2938 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2939 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2941 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
2943 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2944 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2945 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2946 are holidays.")
2948 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
2950 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2951 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2952 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2953 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2954 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2956 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
2958 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2960 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2961 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2962 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2964 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
2966 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2968 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2969 *Oriental holidays.
2970 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2972 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
2974 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2976 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2977 *Local holidays.
2978 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2980 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
2982 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2984 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2985 *User defined holidays.
2986 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2988 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
2990 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2992 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2994 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2996 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2998 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3000 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3002 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3004 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3006 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3008 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3009 *Jewish holidays.
3010 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3012 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3014 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3016 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3017 *Christian holidays.
3018 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3020 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3022 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3024 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3025 *Islamic holidays.
3026 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3028 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3030 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3032 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3033 *Sun-related holidays.
3034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3036 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3038 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3040 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3041 The frame set up of the calendar.
3042 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3043 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3044 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3045 any other value the current frame is used.")
3047 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3048 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3049 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3051 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3052 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3056 ;;;***
3058 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3059 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3060 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
3061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3063 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3064 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3065 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3066 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3067 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3068 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3069 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3071 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3073 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3074 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3075 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3076 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3077 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3078 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3079 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3080 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3082 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3083 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3084 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3085 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3086 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3087 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3089 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3091 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3092 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3094 Key bindings:
3095 \\{c-mode-map}
3097 \(fn)" t nil)
3099 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3100 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3102 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3103 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3104 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3105 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3106 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3107 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3108 message.
3110 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3112 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3113 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3115 Key bindings:
3116 \\{c++-mode-map}
3118 \(fn)" t nil)
3120 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3121 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3122 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3124 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3125 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3126 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3127 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3128 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3129 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3130 message.
3132 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3134 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3135 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3137 Key bindings:
3138 \\{objc-mode-map}
3140 \(fn)" t nil)
3142 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3143 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3144 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3146 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3147 Major mode for editing Java code.
3148 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3149 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3150 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3151 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3152 message.
3154 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3156 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3157 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3159 Key bindings:
3160 \\{java-mode-map}
3162 \(fn)" t nil)
3164 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3165 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3168 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3169 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3170 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3171 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3172 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3173 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3174 message.
3176 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3178 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3179 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3181 Key bindings:
3182 \\{idl-mode-map}
3184 \(fn)" t nil)
3186 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3187 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3188 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3189 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3191 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3192 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3193 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3194 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3195 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3196 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3197 message.
3199 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3201 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3202 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3204 Key bindings:
3205 \\{pike-mode-map}
3207 \(fn)" t nil)
3208 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3212 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3213 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3215 ;;;***
3217 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3218 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16241 41611))
3219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3221 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3222 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3223 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3224 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3225 for details of setting up styles.
3227 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3228 style name.
3230 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3231 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3232 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3233 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3234 will be reassigned.
3236 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3237 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3238 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3239 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3240 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3241 default).
3243 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3244 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3245 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3246 when used elsewhere.
3248 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3250 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3251 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3252 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3253 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3255 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3257 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3258 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3259 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3261 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3263 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3264 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3265 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3266 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3267 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3269 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3271 ;;;***
3273 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3274 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3275 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
3276 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3278 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3279 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3281 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3283 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3284 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3286 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3288 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3289 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3291 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3292 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3293 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3294 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3295 execution.
3297 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3299 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3301 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3302 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3304 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3305 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3306 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3307 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3309 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3310 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3311 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3312 `write' commands.
3314 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3315 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3316 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3317 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3319 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3320 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3321 semantics.
3323 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3325 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3327 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3329 STATEMENT :=
3330 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3331 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3333 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3334 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3335 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3336 | integer
3338 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3340 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3341 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3342 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3344 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3345 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3346 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3348 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3349 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3351 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3352 BREAK := (break)
3354 REPEAT :=
3355 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3356 (repeat)
3357 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3358 ;; (repeat))
3359 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3360 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3361 ;; (read REG)
3362 ;; (repeat))
3363 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3364 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3365 ;; (read REG)
3366 ;; (repeat))
3367 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3369 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3370 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3371 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3372 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3373 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3374 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3375 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3376 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3377 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3378 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3379 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3380 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3381 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3382 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3383 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3384 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3386 WRITE :=
3387 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3388 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3389 ;; representation.
3390 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3391 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3392 ;; (write r7))
3393 | (write EXPRESSION)
3394 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3395 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3396 ;; representation.
3397 | (write integer)
3398 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3399 ;; buffer.
3400 | (write string)
3401 ;; Same as: (write string)
3402 | string
3403 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3404 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3405 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3406 ;; representation.
3407 | (write REG ARRAY)
3408 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3409 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3410 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3411 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3412 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3413 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3415 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3416 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3418 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3419 END := (end)
3421 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3422 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3423 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3425 ARG := REG | integer
3427 OPERATOR :=
3428 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3429 + | - | * | / | %
3431 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3432 | & | `|' | ^
3434 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3435 | << | >>
3437 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3438 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3439 | <8
3441 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3442 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3443 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3444 | >8
3446 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3447 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3448 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3449 | //
3451 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3452 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3454 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3455 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3456 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3457 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3458 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3459 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3460 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3461 | de-sjis
3463 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3464 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3465 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3466 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3467 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3468 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3469 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3470 ;; byte of SJIS.
3471 | en-sjis
3473 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3474 ;; Same meaning as C code
3475 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3477 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3478 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3479 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3480 | <8=
3482 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3483 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3484 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3486 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3487 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3488 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3489 | //=
3491 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3494 TRANSLATE :=
3495 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3496 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3497 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3498 LOOKUP :=
3499 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3500 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3501 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3502 MAP :=
3503 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3504 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3505 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3506 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3507 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3508 MAP-ID := integer
3510 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3512 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3513 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3514 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3515 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3516 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3517 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3519 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3521 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3522 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3523 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3525 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3527 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3529 ;;;***
3531 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3532 ;;;;;; (16278 45828))
3533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3535 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3536 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3537 There are no special keybindings by default.
3539 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3540 to the action header.
3542 \(fn)" t nil)
3544 ;;;***
3546 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3547 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3548 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3549 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3550 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3551 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3552 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3553 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3554 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
3555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3557 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3558 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3559 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3560 the users will view as each check is completed.
3562 \(fn)" t nil)
3564 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3565 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3566 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3567 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3568 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3569 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3570 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3571 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3573 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3575 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3576 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3577 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3578 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3579 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3580 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3581 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3582 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3584 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3586 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3587 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3588 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3589 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3590 spacing are all verified.
3592 \(fn)" t nil)
3594 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3595 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3596 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3597 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3598 otherwise stop after the first error.
3600 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3602 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3603 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3604 Only documentation strings are checked.
3605 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3606 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3607 a separate buffer.
3609 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3611 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3612 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3613 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3614 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3615 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3617 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3619 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3620 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3621 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3622 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3623 if there is one.
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3628 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3629 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3630 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3631 if there is one.
3632 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3634 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3636 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3637 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3638 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3640 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3642 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3643 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3644 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3645 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3646 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3648 \(fn)" t nil)
3650 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3651 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3652 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3653 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3654 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3655 space at the end of each line.
3657 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3659 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3660 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3661 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3662 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3664 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3666 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3667 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3668 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3669 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3671 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3673 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3674 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3675 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3676 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3678 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3680 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3681 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3682 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3683 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3685 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3687 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3688 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3689 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3690 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3692 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3694 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3695 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3696 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3697 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3699 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3701 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3702 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3703 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3704 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3706 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3708 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3709 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3710 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3711 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3713 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3715 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3716 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3717 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3718 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3720 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3722 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3723 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3724 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3726 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3727 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3728 checking of documentation strings.
3730 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3734 ;;;***
3736 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3737 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16211
3738 ;;;;;; 27033))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3741 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3742 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3743 Return the length of resulting text.
3745 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3747 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3748 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3750 \(fn)" t nil)
3752 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3753 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3754 Return the length of resulting text.
3756 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3758 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3759 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3761 \(fn)" t nil)
3763 ;;;***
3765 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3766 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16211 27012))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3769 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3770 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3771 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3772 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3773 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3774 editing and the result is evaluated.
3776 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3778 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3779 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3780 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3781 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3782 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3784 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3786 \(fn)" t nil)
3788 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3789 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3790 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3791 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3792 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3794 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3795 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3796 \\{command-history-map}
3798 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3799 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3801 \(fn)" t nil)
3803 ;;;***
3805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16211 27024))
3806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3808 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3809 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3810 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3811 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3812 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3813 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3815 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3816 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3818 ;;;***
3820 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3821 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
3822 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3824 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3825 Not documented
3827 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3829 ;;;***
3831 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3832 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
3833 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3835 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3836 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3837 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3838 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3840 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3841 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3842 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3844 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3845 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3847 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3849 ;;;***
3851 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16211
3852 ;;;;;; 27012))
3853 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3855 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3856 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3857 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3858 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3859 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3860 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3861 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3863 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3864 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3866 ;;;***
3868 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3869 ;;;;;; (16271 3438))
3870 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3872 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3873 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3874 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3875 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3876 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3877 ?* is used.
3878 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
3880 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3881 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
3882 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
3884 ;;;***
3886 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3887 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3888 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (16215 28546))
3889 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3891 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3892 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3893 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3894 ASCII table.
3896 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3897 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3898 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3899 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3901 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3903 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3904 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3905 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3907 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3909 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3910 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3911 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3913 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3915 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3916 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3917 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3919 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3921 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3922 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3924 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3925 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3926 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3928 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3929 is a vector, and has a charset property.
3931 \(fn)" nil nil)
3933 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3934 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3936 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3937 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3938 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
3940 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3942 ;;;***
3944 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3945 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3946 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3947 ;;;;;; (16211 27012))
3948 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3950 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3951 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3952 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3953 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3954 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3955 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3956 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3957 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3959 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3961 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3963 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3964 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3965 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3966 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3967 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3968 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3969 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3970 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3972 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3974 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3976 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3977 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3978 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3979 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3980 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3981 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3983 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3985 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3986 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3987 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3989 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3991 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3993 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3994 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3995 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3997 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3999 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4001 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4002 Send COMMAND to current process.
4003 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4004 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4006 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4008 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4009 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4010 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4011 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4013 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4015 ;;;***
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16277
4018 ;;;;;; 42321))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4021 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4022 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4023 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4024 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4026 This command pushes the mark in each window
4027 at the prior location of point in that window.
4028 If both windows display the same buffer,
4029 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4030 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4032 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4033 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4034 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4035 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4036 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4037 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4038 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4039 ignored.
4041 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4042 this command work in interlaced mode:
4043 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4044 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4045 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4047 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4049 ;;;***
4051 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4052 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4053 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4054 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16277 42320))
4055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4057 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4058 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4060 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4062 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4063 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4065 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4067 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4068 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4069 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4070 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4071 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4073 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4074 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4075 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4076 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4077 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4079 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4080 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4081 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4082 describing how the process finished.")
4084 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4085 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4086 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4087 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4089 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4090 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4091 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4093 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4095 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4096 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4097 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4098 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4100 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4102 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4103 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4104 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4105 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4107 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4108 and move to the source code that caused it.
4110 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4111 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4113 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4114 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4115 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4116 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4117 subprocesses.
4119 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4120 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4121 to a function that generates a unique name.
4123 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4125 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4126 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4127 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4128 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4129 where grep found matches.
4131 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4132 easily repeat a grep command.
4134 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4135 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4136 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4137 if that history list is empty).
4139 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4141 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4142 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4143 Collect output in a buffer.
4144 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4145 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4147 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4148 easily repeat a find command.
4150 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4152 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4153 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4154 Collect output in a buffer.
4155 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4156 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4157 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4158 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4159 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4161 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4162 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4164 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4165 easily repeat a find command.
4167 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4168 those sub directories of DIR.
4170 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4172 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4173 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4174 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4175 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4176 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4178 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4180 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4182 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4183 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4184 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4185 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4186 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4187 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4188 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4192 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4193 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4194 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4195 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4196 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4197 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4201 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4202 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4204 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4205 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4207 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4208 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4209 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4210 and start at the first error.
4212 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4213 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4214 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4215 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4216 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4217 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4219 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4220 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4221 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4223 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4224 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4226 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4227 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4229 ;;;***
4231 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4232 ;;;;;; (16276 26334))
4233 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4235 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4236 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4237 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4239 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4241 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4243 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4244 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4245 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4247 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4248 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4249 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4250 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4252 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4253 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4254 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4255 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4257 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4258 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4259 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4260 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4264 ;;;***
4266 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4267 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
4268 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4270 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4271 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4273 \(fn)" t nil)
4275 ;;;***
4277 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4278 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4279 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4280 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
4281 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4283 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4284 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4285 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4286 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4287 `make-composition'.
4289 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4291 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4292 | | 1:tc or top-center
4293 | | 2:tr or top-right
4294 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4295 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4296 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4297 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4298 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4299 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4301 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4302 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4303 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4304 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4305 be added.
4307 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4308 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4309 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4311 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4312 | | |
4313 | global| |
4314 | glyph | |
4315 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4316 +----+--*--+
4317 | | new |
4318 | |glyph|
4319 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4322 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4323 Compose characters in the current region.
4325 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4326 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4328 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4330 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4331 specifying the region.
4333 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4334 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4335 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4337 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4338 of the text in the region.
4340 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4342 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4343 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4344 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4345 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4347 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4348 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4349 detail.
4351 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4352 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4353 text in the composition.
4355 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4357 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4358 Decompose text in the current region.
4360 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4361 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4363 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4365 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4366 Compose characters in string STRING.
4368 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4369 the characters in it.
4371 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4372 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4373 STRING respectively.
4375 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4376 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4377 `compose-region' for more detail.
4379 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4380 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4381 text in the composition.
4383 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4385 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4386 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4388 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4390 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4391 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4392 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4393 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4394 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4395 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4396 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4397 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4399 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4401 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4402 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4404 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4405 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4407 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4408 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4410 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4411 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4413 If no composition is found, return nil.
4415 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4416 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4418 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4419 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4420 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4422 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4424 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4426 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4427 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4428 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4430 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4432 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4434 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4436 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4437 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4439 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4440 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4441 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4442 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4443 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4444 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4445 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4446 nil.
4448 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4450 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4451 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4453 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4455 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4456 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4458 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4460 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4462 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4463 Compose last characters.
4464 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4465 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4466 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4467 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4468 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4469 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4470 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4471 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4472 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4473 after a sequence character events.
4475 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4476 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4478 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4479 Convert CHAR to string.
4481 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4482 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4483 vector of CHAR respectively.
4484 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4486 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4488 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4490 ;;;***
4492 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4493 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16211 27038))
4494 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4496 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4497 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4498 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4499 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4501 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4503 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4504 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4505 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4506 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4508 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4510 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4511 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4512 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4513 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4515 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4517 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4518 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4520 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4522 ;;;***
4524 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4525 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
4526 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4528 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4529 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4530 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4531 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4532 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4533 following the copyright are updated as well.
4534 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4535 interactively.
4537 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4539 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4540 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4542 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4544 ;;;***
4546 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4547 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
4548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4550 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4551 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4552 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4553 Tab indents for Perl code.
4554 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4555 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4557 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4558 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4559 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4560 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4561 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4562 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4563 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4564 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4565 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4566 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4567 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4568 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4570 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4572 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4573 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4575 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4577 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4578 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4579 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4580 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4581 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4582 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4583 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4584 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4585 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4587 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4589 bite if angry;
4591 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4592 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4593 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4594 to nil.)
4596 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4597 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4598 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4600 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4602 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4603 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4604 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4605 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4606 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4608 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4610 if (A) { B }
4612 into
4614 B if A;
4616 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4618 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4619 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4620 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4621 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4622 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4623 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4624 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4625 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4626 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4627 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4628 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4629 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4630 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4632 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4633 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4634 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4635 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4636 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4637 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4639 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4640 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4641 man via menu.
4643 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4644 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4645 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4646 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4647 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4649 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4650 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4651 span the needed amount of lines.
4653 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4654 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4655 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4656 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4658 Variables controlling indentation style:
4659 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4660 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4661 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4662 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4663 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4664 `cperl-auto-newline'
4665 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4666 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4667 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4668 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4669 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4670 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4671 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4672 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4673 `cperl-indent-level'
4674 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4675 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4676 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4677 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4678 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4679 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4680 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4681 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4682 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4683 `cperl-brace-offset'
4684 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4685 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4686 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4687 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4688 `cperl-label-offset'
4689 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4690 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4691 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4693 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4694 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4695 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4696 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4697 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4699 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4700 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4701 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4702 \(both available from menu).
4704 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4705 column 0 is indented on
4706 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4708 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4709 with no args.
4711 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4712 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4713 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4715 \(fn)" t nil)
4717 ;;;***
4719 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4720 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
4721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4723 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4724 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4725 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4726 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4727 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4729 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4731 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4732 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4734 \(fn)" t nil)
4736 ;;;***
4738 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4739 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
4740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4742 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4743 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4744 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4745 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4748 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4750 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4752 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4753 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4754 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4758 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4760 ;;;***
4762 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4763 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4766 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4767 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4768 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4769 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4771 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4772 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4773 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4774 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4776 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4777 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4778 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4780 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4781 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4782 'bob', and 'eve'.
4784 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4785 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4786 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4788 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4790 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4791 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4792 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4794 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4796 ;;;***
4798 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16211
4799 ;;;;;; 27026))
4800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4802 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4803 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4804 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4806 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4808 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4810 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4811 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4812 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4813 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4814 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4815 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4818 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4819 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4820 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4821 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4822 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4823 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4824 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4825 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4827 ;;;***
4829 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4830 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4831 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4832 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4833 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4834 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4835 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4836 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4837 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16211 27013))
4838 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4839 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4841 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4842 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4844 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4845 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4847 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4848 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4850 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4852 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4854 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4855 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4856 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4858 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4859 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4861 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4862 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4864 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4865 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4867 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4868 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4870 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4872 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4874 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4875 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4876 Return VALUE.
4878 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4879 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4881 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4882 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4884 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4885 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4887 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4888 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4890 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4892 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4894 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4895 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4896 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4897 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4898 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4900 \(fn)" t nil)
4902 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4903 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4904 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4905 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4907 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4909 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4910 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4912 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4914 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4915 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4917 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4919 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4921 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4922 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4924 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4926 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4928 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4930 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4932 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4934 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4935 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4936 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4937 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4938 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4940 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4941 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4942 version.
4944 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4946 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4947 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4948 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4950 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4951 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4953 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4955 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4956 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4958 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4959 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4961 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4963 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4964 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4966 \(fn)" t nil)
4968 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
4969 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
4971 \(fn)" t nil)
4973 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4974 Customize all already saved user options.
4976 \(fn)" t nil)
4978 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4979 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4980 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4981 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4982 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4983 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4984 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4986 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4988 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4989 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4990 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4992 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4994 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4995 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4997 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4999 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5000 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5002 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5004 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5005 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5006 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5007 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5008 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5009 that option.
5011 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5013 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5014 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5015 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5016 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5017 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5018 that option.
5020 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5022 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5023 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5025 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5027 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5028 File used for storing customization information.
5029 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5030 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5031 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5033 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5034 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5035 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5036 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5038 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5040 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5041 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5043 \(fn)" t nil)
5045 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5046 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5048 \(fn)" nil nil)
5050 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5051 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5052 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5054 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5056 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5057 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5058 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5059 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5060 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5062 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5064 ;;;***
5066 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5067 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5068 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5069 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5071 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5072 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5074 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5076 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5077 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5078 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5079 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5081 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5083 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5084 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5085 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5086 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5087 between themes and faces.
5088 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5090 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5091 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5093 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5095 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5096 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5097 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5098 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5099 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5101 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5103 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5104 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5105 Associate this setting with THEME.
5107 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5109 (FACE TO-THEME)
5111 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5113 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5115 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5116 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5117 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5119 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5121 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5123 ;;;***
5125 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5126 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5127 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5129 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5130 Create a custom theme.
5132 \(fn)" t nil)
5134 ;;;***
5136 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5137 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5138 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5140 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5141 Mode used for cvs status output.
5143 \(fn)" t nil)
5145 ;;;***
5147 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5148 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16211 27039))
5149 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5151 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5152 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5154 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5155 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5156 C++ modes are included.
5158 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5162 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5163 Turn on CWarn mode.
5165 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5166 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5168 \(fn)" nil nil)
5170 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5171 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5172 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5173 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5174 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5176 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5178 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5179 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5180 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5181 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5182 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5186 ;;;***
5188 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5189 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5190 ;;;;;; (16211 27033))
5191 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5193 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5194 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5196 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5198 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5199 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5201 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5203 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5204 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5205 For readability, the table is slightly
5206 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5208 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5209 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5210 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5211 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5212 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5214 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5216 ;;;***
5218 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5219 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5220 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5221 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5222 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5224 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5225 Completion on current word.
5226 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5227 and presents suggestions for completion.
5229 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5230 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5231 completions.
5233 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5234 then it searches *all* buffers.
5236 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5237 if there is a suitable one already.
5239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5241 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5242 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5244 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5245 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5246 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5247 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5248 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5250 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5251 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5253 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5254 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5255 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5257 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5258 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5260 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5262 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5264 ;;;***
5266 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16211
5267 ;;;;;; 27039))
5268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5270 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5271 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5273 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5274 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5275 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5277 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5278 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5279 Data lines are not indented.
5281 Key bindings:
5283 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5284 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5286 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5287 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5288 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5289 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5291 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5293 dcl-basic-offset
5294 Extra indentation within blocks.
5296 dcl-continuation-offset
5297 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5299 dcl-margin-offset
5300 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5302 dcl-margin-label-offset
5303 Indentation for a label.
5305 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5306 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5308 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5309 dcl-block-end-regexp
5310 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5311 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5312 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5313 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5314 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5316 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5317 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5318 Two such functions are included in the package:
5319 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5320 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5322 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5323 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5324 One such function is included in the package:
5325 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5327 dcl-tab-always-indent
5328 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5329 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5330 margin.
5332 dcl-electric-characters
5333 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5334 typed.
5336 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5337 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5338 which words trigger electric indentation.
5340 dcl-tempo-comma
5341 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5342 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5343 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5345 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5346 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5347 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5348 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5350 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5351 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5352 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5353 dcl-imenu-label-call
5354 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5356 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5357 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5358 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5359 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5362 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5364 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5365 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5366 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5367 $ i = 1
5368 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5369 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5370 $ label:
5371 $ if i.eq.1
5372 $ then
5373 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5374 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5375 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5376 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5377 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5378 \"lined up with the command line\"
5379 $ type sys$input
5380 Data lines are not indented at all.
5381 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5382 $ endif
5386 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5387 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5389 \(fn)" t nil)
5391 ;;;***
5393 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5394 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16211 27025))
5395 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5397 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5399 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5400 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5401 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5402 of the evaluator.
5404 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5405 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5406 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5408 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5410 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5411 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5412 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5413 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5414 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5415 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5416 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5418 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5420 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5421 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5422 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5424 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5426 ;;;***
5428 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5429 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
5430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5432 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5433 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5435 \(fn)" t nil)
5437 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5438 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5439 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5440 Upper-case letters are commands.
5442 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5443 modify it.
5445 The most useful commands are:
5446 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5447 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5448 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5449 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5450 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5451 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5453 \(fn)" t nil)
5455 ;;;***
5457 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5458 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16211
5459 ;;;;;; 27013))
5460 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5462 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5463 Customization of `columns' group.
5465 \(fn)" t nil)
5467 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5468 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5470 START and END delimits the text region.
5472 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5474 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5475 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5477 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5479 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5481 ;;;***
5483 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16211
5484 ;;;;;; 27039))
5485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5487 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5488 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5489 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5490 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5491 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5492 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5494 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5496 Customization:
5498 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5499 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5500 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5501 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5502 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5503 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5504 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5505 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5506 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5507 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5508 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5509 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5510 blank line.
5511 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5512 Directories to search when finding external units.
5513 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5514 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5516 Coloring:
5518 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5519 Face used to color delphi comments.
5520 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5521 Face used to color delphi strings.
5522 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5523 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5524 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5525 Face used to color everything else.
5527 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5528 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5530 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5532 ;;;***
5534 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16211
5535 ;;;;;; 27013))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5538 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5540 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5541 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5542 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5544 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5546 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5548 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5549 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5550 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5551 positive.
5553 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5554 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5555 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5556 any selection.
5558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5560 ;;;***
5562 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5563 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16211 27025))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5566 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5567 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5569 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5571 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5572 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5573 or nil if there is no parent.
5574 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5575 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5576 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5577 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5578 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5580 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5581 arguments are currently understood:
5582 :group GROUP
5583 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5584 :syntax-table TABLE
5585 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5586 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5587 :abbrev-table TABLE
5588 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5589 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5591 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5593 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5595 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5596 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5597 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5599 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5600 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5602 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5603 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5604 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5606 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5607 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5609 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5610 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5612 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5614 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5615 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5616 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5617 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5618 the first time the mode is used.
5620 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5622 ;;;***
5624 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5625 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16302 39173))
5626 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5628 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5629 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5630 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5631 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5632 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5633 otherwise.
5635 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5637 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5638 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5639 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5640 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5641 character composition information (if relevant),
5642 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5644 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5646 ;;;***
5648 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5649 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5650 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16297 34365))
5651 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5653 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5654 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5655 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5657 use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5659 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5661 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5662 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5663 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5664 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5665 desktop is saved.
5667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5669 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5670 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5671 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5672 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5673 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5674 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5675 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5676 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5678 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5680 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5681 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5682 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5684 \(fn)" nil nil)
5686 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5687 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5688 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5689 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5690 directory DIRNAME.
5692 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5694 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5695 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5697 \(fn)" t nil)
5699 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5700 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5702 \(fn)" t nil)
5704 ;;;***
5706 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util"
5707 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (16232 544))
5708 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5710 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5712 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
5713 Not documented
5715 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
5717 ;;;***
5719 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5720 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16212 54636))
5721 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5723 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5724 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5725 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5726 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5727 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5731 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5732 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5733 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5734 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5736 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5737 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5738 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5739 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5741 #!/bin/sh
5742 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5743 emacs -batch \\
5744 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5745 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5746 european-calendar-style t \\
5747 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5748 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5749 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5751 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5752 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5753 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5754 to run it every morning at 1am.
5756 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5758 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5759 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5761 \(fn)" t nil)
5763 ;;;***
5765 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5766 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16277 42321))
5767 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5769 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5770 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5772 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5774 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5775 *The command to use to run diff.")
5777 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5779 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5780 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5781 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5782 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5783 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5784 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5786 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5788 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5789 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5790 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5791 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5792 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5794 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5796 ;;;***
5798 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5799 ;;;;;; (16309 31935))
5800 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5802 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5803 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5804 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5805 normal diffs.
5806 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5807 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5808 headers for you on-the-fly.
5810 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5811 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5812 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5814 \(fn)" t nil)
5816 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5817 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5818 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5822 ;;;***
5824 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5825 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5826 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5827 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5828 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16292 22310))
5829 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5831 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5832 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5833 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5834 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5835 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5836 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5837 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5838 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5840 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5842 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5843 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5845 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5846 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5847 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5848 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5849 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5851 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5852 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5854 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5855 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5856 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5857 always set this variable to t.")
5859 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5861 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5862 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5863 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5864 A value of t means move to first file.")
5866 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5868 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5869 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5870 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5871 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5872 are afterward marked with that character.")
5874 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5876 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5877 *Controls marking of copied files.
5878 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5879 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5881 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5883 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5884 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5885 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5886 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5888 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5890 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5891 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5892 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5893 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5895 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5897 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5898 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5899 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5900 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5902 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5904 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5906 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5907 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5908 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5910 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5912 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5913 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5914 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5915 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5916 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5917 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5919 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5920 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5921 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5922 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5923 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5924 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5925 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5926 list of files to make directory entries for.
5927 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5928 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5929 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5930 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5932 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5934 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5935 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5937 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5938 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5940 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5941 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5943 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5944 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5946 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5948 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5949 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5951 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5952 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5954 ;;;***
5956 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5957 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5958 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5959 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5960 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5961 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5962 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5963 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5964 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5965 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5966 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5967 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5968 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16211 27013))
5969 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5971 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5972 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5973 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5974 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5975 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5976 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5977 which is options for `diff'.
5979 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5981 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5982 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5983 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5984 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5985 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5986 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5988 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5990 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5991 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5992 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5996 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5997 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6001 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6002 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6006 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6007 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6008 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6009 `lpr-switches' as default.
6011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6013 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6014 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6015 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6016 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6017 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6019 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6020 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6022 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6023 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6024 file name substituted for `?'.
6026 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6027 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6029 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6030 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6031 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6032 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6034 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6036 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6037 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6038 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6040 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6041 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6042 in a subdir.
6044 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6045 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6047 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6049 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6050 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6051 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6052 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6053 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6054 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6056 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6058 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6059 Not documented
6061 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6063 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6064 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6068 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6069 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6073 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6074 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6078 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6079 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6080 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6081 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6083 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6085 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6086 Not documented
6088 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6090 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6091 Not documented
6093 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6095 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6096 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6098 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6100 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6101 Not documented
6103 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6105 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6106 Not documented
6108 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6110 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6111 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6113 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6115 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6116 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6117 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6118 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6119 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6120 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6121 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6122 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6123 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6127 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6128 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6129 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6130 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6131 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6132 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6133 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6134 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6138 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6139 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6140 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6141 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6142 and new hard links are made in that directory
6143 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6144 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6145 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6149 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6150 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6151 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6152 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6153 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6154 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6155 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6159 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6160 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6162 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6163 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6164 file if none are marked.
6166 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6167 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6168 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6169 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6171 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6172 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6174 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6176 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6177 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6178 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6180 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6182 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6183 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6184 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6186 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6188 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6189 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6190 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6192 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6194 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6195 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6199 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6200 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6204 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6205 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6206 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6207 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6208 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6209 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6210 this subdirectory.
6211 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6213 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6215 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6216 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6217 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6218 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6219 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6220 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6221 this subdirectory.
6222 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6224 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6226 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6227 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6228 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6230 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6232 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6233 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6234 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6235 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6237 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6239 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6240 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6241 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6242 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6244 \(fn)" t nil)
6246 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6247 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6248 Lower levels are unaffected.
6250 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6252 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6253 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6255 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6257 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6258 Go down in the dired tree.
6260 \(fn)" t nil)
6262 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6263 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6264 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6265 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6267 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6269 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6270 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6271 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6272 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6274 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6276 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6277 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6278 Stops when a match is found.
6279 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6281 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6283 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6284 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6285 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6286 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6287 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6289 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6291 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6292 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6293 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6294 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6296 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6298 ;;;***
6300 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16246 41969))
6301 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6303 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6304 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6305 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6306 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6307 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6308 buffer and try again.
6310 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6312 ;;;***
6314 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16211 27015))
6315 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6317 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6318 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6319 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6321 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6323 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6324 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6326 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6327 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6329 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6331 ;;;***
6333 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16211
6334 ;;;;;; 27025))
6335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6337 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6338 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6339 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6340 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6341 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6342 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6344 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6346 ;;;***
6348 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6349 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6350 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6351 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6352 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16286 45076))
6353 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6355 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6356 Return a new, empty display table.
6358 \(fn)" nil nil)
6360 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6361 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6362 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6363 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6364 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6366 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6368 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6369 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6370 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6371 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6372 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6374 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6376 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6377 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6379 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6381 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6382 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6384 \(fn)" t nil)
6386 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6387 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6389 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6391 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6392 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6394 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6396 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6397 Display character C using printable string S.
6399 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6401 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6402 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6403 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6404 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6406 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6408 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6409 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6410 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6411 X frame.
6413 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6415 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6416 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6418 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6420 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6421 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6423 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6425 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6426 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6428 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6429 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6430 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6431 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6433 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6434 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6435 European character display.
6437 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6438 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6439 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6440 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6442 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6443 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6444 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6445 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6446 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6448 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6450 ;;;***
6452 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6453 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
6454 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6456 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6457 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6458 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6459 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6460 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6461 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6462 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6463 Default is 2.
6465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6467 ;;;***
6469 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16211 27038))
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6472 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6473 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6475 \(fn)" t nil)
6477 ;;;***
6479 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6480 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
6481 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6483 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6484 Toggle Double mode.
6485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6486 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6488 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6490 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6491 Toggle Double mode.
6492 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6494 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6495 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6497 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6499 ;;;***
6501 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16211 27038))
6502 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6504 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6505 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6507 \(fn)" t nil)
6509 ;;;***
6511 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6512 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
6513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6515 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6516 Play sounds in message buffers.
6518 \(fn)" t nil)
6520 ;;;***
6522 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6523 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6524 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16309 31935))
6525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6527 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6529 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6530 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6531 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6532 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6534 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6535 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6536 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6537 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6538 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6539 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6540 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6541 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6542 used (see below).
6544 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6545 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6546 Before the actual body code, you can write
6547 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6548 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6549 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6550 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6551 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6552 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6553 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6554 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6555 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6556 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6557 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6559 For example, you could write
6560 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6561 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6562 ...BODY CODE...)
6564 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6566 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6567 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6568 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6569 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6570 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6571 :group to specify the custom group.
6573 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6575 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6576 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6577 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6578 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6579 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6580 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6581 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6583 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6585 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6586 Not documented
6588 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6590 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6591 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6592 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6594 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6596 ;;;***
6598 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6599 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16211
6600 ;;;;;; 27026))
6601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6603 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6605 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6606 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6608 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6609 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6610 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6612 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6613 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6615 :filter FUNCTION
6617 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6618 menu displayed.
6620 :visible INCLUDE
6622 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6623 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6625 :active ENABLE
6627 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6628 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6630 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6632 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6634 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6636 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6637 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6639 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6640 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6642 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6644 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6646 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6648 :keys KEYS
6650 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6651 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6652 computed automatically.
6653 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6655 :key-sequence KEYS
6657 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6658 menu item.
6659 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6660 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6661 keyboard equivalent.
6663 :active ENABLE
6665 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6666 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6668 :included INCLUDE
6670 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6671 expression has a non-nil value.
6673 :suffix FORM
6675 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6676 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6678 :style STYLE
6680 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6681 defined:
6683 toggle: A checkbox.
6684 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6685 radio: A radio button.
6686 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6687 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6688 menu bar itself.
6689 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6691 :selected SELECTED
6693 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6694 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6696 :help HELP
6698 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6700 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6701 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6702 as a solid horizontal line.
6704 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6706 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6708 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6709 Not documented
6711 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6713 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6714 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6715 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6716 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6718 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6720 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6721 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6722 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6723 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6724 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6725 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6727 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6728 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6729 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6731 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6732 to implement dynamic menus.
6734 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6736 ;;;***
6738 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6739 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6740 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6741 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6742 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16211 27039))
6743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6745 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6746 Customization for ebnf group.
6748 \(fn)" t nil)
6750 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6751 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6753 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6754 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6755 it to the printer.
6757 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6758 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6759 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6760 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6762 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6764 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6765 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6766 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6768 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6770 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6771 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6772 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6773 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6775 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6777 \(fn)" t nil)
6779 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6780 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6781 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6783 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6785 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6787 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6788 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6790 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6791 The EPS file name has the following form:
6793 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6795 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6796 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6798 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6799 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6800 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6801 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6803 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6805 \(fn)" t nil)
6807 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6808 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6810 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6811 The EPS file name has the following form:
6813 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6815 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6816 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6818 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6819 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6820 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6821 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6823 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6825 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6827 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6829 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6830 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6832 \(fn)" t nil)
6834 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6835 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6837 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6839 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6840 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6842 \(fn)" nil nil)
6844 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6845 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6847 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6849 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6850 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6852 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6854 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6855 Set STYLE to current style.
6857 It returns the old style symbol.
6859 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6861 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6862 Reset current style.
6864 It returns the old style symbol.
6866 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6868 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6869 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6871 It returns the old style symbol.
6873 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6875 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6876 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6878 It returns the old style symbol.
6880 \(fn)" t nil)
6882 ;;;***
6884 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6885 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6886 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6887 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
6888 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
6889 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
6890 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
6891 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
6892 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
6893 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
6894 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16233
6895 ;;;;;; 59013))
6896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6898 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6899 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6900 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6901 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6902 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6903 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6905 Tree mode key bindings:
6906 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6908 \(fn)" t nil)
6910 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6911 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6913 \(fn)" t nil)
6915 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6916 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
6918 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
6920 \(fn)" nil nil)
6922 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6923 View declaration of member at point.
6925 \(fn)" t nil)
6927 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6928 Find declaration of member at point.
6930 \(fn)" t nil)
6932 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6933 View definition of member at point.
6935 \(fn)" t nil)
6937 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6938 Find definition of member at point.
6940 \(fn)" t nil)
6942 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6943 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
6945 \(fn)" t nil)
6947 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6948 View definition of member at point in other window.
6950 \(fn)" t nil)
6952 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6953 Find definition of member at point in other window.
6955 \(fn)" t nil)
6957 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6958 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6960 \(fn)" t nil)
6962 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6963 View definition of member at point in other frame.
6965 \(fn)" t nil)
6967 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6968 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6970 \(fn)" t nil)
6972 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6973 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6974 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6975 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6976 completion.
6978 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6980 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6981 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6982 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6983 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6985 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6987 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
6988 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
6989 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
6990 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
6992 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6994 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6995 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6996 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6998 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7000 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
7001 Search for call sites of a member.
7002 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7003 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7004 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7005 looks like a function call to the member.
7007 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7009 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7010 Move backward in the position stack.
7011 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7015 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7016 Move forward in the position stack.
7017 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7019 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7021 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7022 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7024 \(fn)" t nil)
7026 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7027 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7029 \(fn)" t nil)
7031 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7032 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7033 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7034 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7036 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7038 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7039 Display statistics for a class tree.
7041 \(fn)" t nil)
7043 ;;;***
7045 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7046 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7047 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7049 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7050 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7051 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7052 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7054 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7055 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7056 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7058 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7059 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7060 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7062 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7064 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7066 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7068 ;;;***
7070 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7071 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16211 27015))
7072 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7074 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7075 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7076 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7078 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7080 ;;;***
7082 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7083 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16277 42320))
7084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7086 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7087 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7088 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7089 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7090 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7092 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7093 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7094 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7095 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7097 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7099 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7100 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7101 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7102 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7104 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7106 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7107 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7108 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7109 \(naming a function), or a list.
7111 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7113 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7115 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7116 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7117 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7118 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7119 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7121 If you do this on a function definition
7122 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7123 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7124 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7125 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7127 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7128 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7129 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7130 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7131 already is one.)
7133 \(fn)" t nil)
7135 ;;;***
7137 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7138 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7139 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7140 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7141 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7142 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7143 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7144 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7145 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7146 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16271 3439))
7147 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7149 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7150 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7152 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7154 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7155 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7157 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7159 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7161 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7163 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7164 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7165 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7166 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7168 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7170 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7171 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7173 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7175 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7177 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7178 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7180 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7182 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7184 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7185 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7186 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7187 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7189 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7191 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7193 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7194 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7195 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7196 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7198 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7200 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7202 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7203 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7204 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7205 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7207 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7209 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7211 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7212 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7213 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7214 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7216 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7218 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7220 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7221 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7222 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7223 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7224 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7225 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7227 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7229 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7230 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7231 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7232 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7234 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7236 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7238 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7239 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7240 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7241 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7243 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7245 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7247 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7249 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7250 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7251 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7252 follows:
7253 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7254 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7256 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7258 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7259 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7260 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7261 follows:
7262 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7263 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7265 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7267 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7268 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7269 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7270 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7271 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7272 region.
7273 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7274 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7276 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7278 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7279 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7280 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7281 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7282 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7283 region.
7284 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7285 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7286 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7288 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7290 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7292 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7293 Merge two files without ancestor.
7295 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7297 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7298 Merge two files with ancestor.
7300 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7302 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7304 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7305 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7307 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7309 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7310 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7312 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7314 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7315 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7316 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7317 buffer.
7319 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7321 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7322 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7323 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7324 buffer.
7326 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7328 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7329 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7330 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7331 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7333 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7335 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7336 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7337 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7338 and don't ask the user.
7339 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7340 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7342 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7344 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7345 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7346 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7347 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7348 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7349 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7351 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7353 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7355 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7357 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7358 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7359 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7360 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7361 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7363 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7365 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7367 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7368 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7369 When called interactively, displays the version.
7371 \(fn)" t nil)
7373 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7374 Display Ediff's manual.
7375 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7377 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7379 ;;;***
7381 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7382 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7383 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7385 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7386 Not documented
7388 \(fn)" t nil)
7390 ;;;***
7392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16211 27015))
7393 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7395 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7396 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7398 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7400 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7402 ;;;***
7404 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7405 ;;;;;; (16271 3441))
7406 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7408 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7409 Display Ediff's registry.
7411 \(fn)" t nil)
7413 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7415 ;;;***
7417 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7418 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16271 3439))
7419 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7421 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7422 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7423 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7424 which see.
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7428 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7429 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7430 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7431 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7433 \(fn)" t nil)
7435 ;;;***
7437 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7438 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7439 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7440 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7442 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7443 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7444 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7446 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7447 Edit a keyboard macro.
7448 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7449 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7450 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7451 its command name.
7452 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7454 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7456 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7457 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7459 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7461 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7462 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7464 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7466 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7467 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7468 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7469 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7470 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7471 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7473 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7474 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7475 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7476 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7478 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7480 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7481 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7482 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7483 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7484 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7485 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7487 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7489 ;;;***
7491 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7492 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16211 27026))
7493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7495 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7496 Set scroll margins.
7497 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7498 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7500 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7502 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7503 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7505 \(fn)" t nil)
7507 ;;;***
7509 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7510 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7511 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7513 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7514 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7515 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7516 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7517 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7518 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7519 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7520 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7522 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7523 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7525 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7526 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7527 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7528 this value is non-nil.
7530 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7531 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7532 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7534 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7535 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7536 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7538 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7540 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7541 Not documented
7543 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7545 ;;;***
7547 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7548 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16218 6703))
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7551 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7552 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7554 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7556 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7557 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7558 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7560 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7561 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7562 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7563 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7564 from the documentation string if possible.
7566 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7567 instead.
7569 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7573 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7574 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7576 \(fn)" t nil)
7578 ;;;***
7580 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16211
7581 ;;;;;; 27015))
7582 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7584 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7585 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7587 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7588 an elided material again.
7590 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7594 ;;;***
7596 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7597 ;;;;;; (16276 26334))
7598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7600 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7601 Initialize elint.
7603 \(fn)" t nil)
7605 ;;;***
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7608 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16211
7609 ;;;;;; 27026))
7610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7612 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7613 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7614 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7616 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7618 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7619 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7620 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7622 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7624 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7625 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7626 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7628 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7630 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7632 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7633 Display current profiling results.
7634 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7635 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7636 displayed.
7638 \(fn)" t nil)
7640 ;;;***
7642 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7643 ;;;;;; (16256 53161))
7644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7646 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7647 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7648 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7650 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7652 ;;;***
7654 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7655 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7656 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7657 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7658 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16211 27015))
7659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7661 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7662 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7663 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7664 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7665 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7666 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7667 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7668 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7669 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7670 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7671 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7672 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7673 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7674 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7675 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7676 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7678 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7679 Run Emerge on two files.
7681 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7683 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7684 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7686 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7688 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7689 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7691 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7693 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7694 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7696 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7698 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7699 Not documented
7701 \(fn)" nil nil)
7703 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7704 Not documented
7706 \(fn)" nil nil)
7708 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7709 Not documented
7711 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7713 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7714 Not documented
7716 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7718 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7719 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7721 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7723 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7724 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7726 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7728 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7729 Not documented
7731 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7733 ;;;***
7735 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7736 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
7737 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7739 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7740 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7741 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7743 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7745 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7747 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7748 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7749 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7751 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7752 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7753 automatically.
7755 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7756 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7757 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7761 ;;;***
7763 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7764 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16211 27043))
7765 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7767 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7768 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7769 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7770 text/enriched format.
7771 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7773 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7774 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7776 Commands:
7778 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7782 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7783 Not documented
7785 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7787 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7788 Not documented
7790 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7792 ;;;***
7794 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16211
7795 ;;;;;; 27027))
7796 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7798 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7799 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7801 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7803 \(fn)" nil nil)
7805 ;;;***
7807 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16211
7808 ;;;;;; 27027))
7809 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7811 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7812 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7816 ;;;***
7818 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7819 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16211 27027))
7820 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7822 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7823 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7824 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7825 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7826 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7827 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7828 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7829 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7830 buffer selected (or created).
7832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7834 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7835 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7836 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7838 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7840 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7841 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7842 The result might be any Lisp object.
7843 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7844 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7845 corresponding to a successful execution.
7847 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7849 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7850 Report a bug in Eshell.
7851 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7852 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7854 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7856 ;;;***
7858 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7859 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7860 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7861 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7862 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7863 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7864 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16211
7865 ;;;;;; 27039))
7866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7868 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7869 *File name of tags table.
7870 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7871 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7872 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7873 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7875 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7876 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7877 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7878 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7880 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7882 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7883 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7884 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7885 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7886 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7887 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7889 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7891 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7892 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7893 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7894 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7895 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7896 `auto-compression-mode').")
7898 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7900 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7901 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7902 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7903 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7904 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7906 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7908 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7909 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7910 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7911 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7913 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7915 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7916 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7917 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7918 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7919 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7921 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7923 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7924 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7925 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7926 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7928 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7929 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7930 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7931 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7932 file the tag was in.
7934 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7936 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7937 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7938 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7939 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7940 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7941 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7942 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7943 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7944 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7946 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7948 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7949 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7950 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7951 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7952 without directory names.
7954 \(fn)" nil nil)
7956 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7957 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7958 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7959 but does not select the buffer.
7960 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7962 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7963 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7964 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7965 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7966 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7968 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7970 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7971 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7972 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7974 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7976 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7978 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7979 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7980 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7981 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7983 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7984 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7985 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7986 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7987 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7989 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7991 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7992 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7993 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7995 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7997 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7998 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8000 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
8001 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8002 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8003 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8004 around or before point.
8006 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8007 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8008 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8009 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8010 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8012 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8014 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8015 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8016 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8018 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8020 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8021 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8023 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8024 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8025 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8026 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8027 around or before point.
8029 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8030 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8031 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8032 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8033 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8035 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8037 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8038 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8039 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8041 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8043 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8044 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8046 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8047 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8048 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8050 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8051 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8052 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8053 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8054 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8056 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8058 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8059 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8060 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8062 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8064 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8065 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8066 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8068 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8069 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8071 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8072 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8073 where they were found.
8075 \(fn)" t nil)
8077 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8078 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8080 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8081 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8082 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8084 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8085 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8087 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8088 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8090 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8092 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8093 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8094 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8095 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8097 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8098 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8099 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8100 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8101 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8103 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8104 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8106 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8107 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8108 Stops when a match is found.
8109 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8111 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8113 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8115 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8116 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8117 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8118 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8119 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8121 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8123 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8125 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8126 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8127 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8128 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8129 directory specification.
8131 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8133 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8134 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8136 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8138 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8139 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8140 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8141 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8143 \(fn)" t nil)
8145 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8146 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8147 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8148 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8149 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8151 \(fn)" t nil)
8153 ;;;***
8155 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8156 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8157 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8158 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8159 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8160 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8161 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8162 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16211 27033))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8165 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8166 Not documented
8168 \(fn)" nil nil)
8170 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8171 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8172 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8173 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8175 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8176 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8177 language.
8179 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8180 even if the buffer is read-only.
8182 See also the descriptions of the variables
8183 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8184 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8186 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8188 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8189 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8191 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8192 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8194 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8195 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8196 language.
8198 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8199 buffer is read-only.
8201 See also the descriptions of the variables
8202 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8203 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8205 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8207 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8208 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8209 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8213 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8214 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8216 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8217 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8219 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8220 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8224 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8225 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8226 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8227 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8229 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8231 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8232 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8233 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8234 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8236 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8237 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8238 the primary language.
8240 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8241 buffer is read-only.
8243 See also the descriptions of the variables
8244 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8245 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8247 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8249 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8250 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8251 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8252 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8254 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8255 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8256 primary language.
8258 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8259 buffer is read-only.
8261 See also the descriptions of the variables
8262 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8263 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8265 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8267 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8268 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8269 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8273 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8274 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8276 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8277 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8278 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8279 3) convert the body into SERA.
8281 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8283 \(fn)" t nil)
8285 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8286 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8287 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8289 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8291 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8292 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8294 \(fn)" t nil)
8296 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8297 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8299 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8300 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8301 be 1, 2, or 3.
8303 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8304 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8305 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8307 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8309 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8311 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8312 Allow the user to input special characters.
8314 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8316 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8317 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8318 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8320 \(fn)" t nil)
8322 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8323 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8325 \(fn)" t nil)
8327 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8328 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8330 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8331 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8333 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8334 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8336 \(fn)" nil nil)
8338 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8339 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8341 \(fn)" nil nil)
8343 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8344 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8346 \(fn)" nil nil)
8348 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8349 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8351 \(fn)" nil nil)
8353 ;;;***
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8356 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8357 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
8358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8360 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8361 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8362 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8363 server for future sessions.
8365 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8367 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8368 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8370 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8372 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8373 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8375 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8377 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8378 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8379 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8380 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8381 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8382 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8383 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8384 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8385 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8386 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8387 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8388 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8390 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8392 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8393 Display a form to query the directory server.
8394 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8395 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8397 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8399 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8400 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8401 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8403 \(fn)" t nil)
8405 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8407 ;;;***
8409 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8410 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8411 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16211 27037))
8412 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8414 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8415 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8417 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8419 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8420 Display URL and make it clickable.
8422 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8424 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8425 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8427 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8429 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8430 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8432 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8434 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8435 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8437 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8439 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8440 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8442 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8444 ;;;***
8446 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8447 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16211 27037))
8448 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8450 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8451 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8452 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8454 \(fn)" t nil)
8456 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8457 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8459 \(fn)" t nil)
8461 ;;;***
8463 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8464 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
8465 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8467 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8468 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8470 \(fn)" t nil)
8472 ;;;***
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8475 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8476 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16211 27039))
8477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8479 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8480 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8481 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8483 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8485 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8486 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8487 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8488 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8489 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8490 executable.
8492 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8494 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8495 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8496 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8498 \(fn)" t nil)
8500 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8501 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8502 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8503 file modes.
8505 \(fn)" nil nil)
8507 ;;;***
8509 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8510 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16211 27015))
8511 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8513 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8514 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8515 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8516 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8518 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8520 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8521 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8522 to generate such functions.
8524 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8525 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8526 beginning of the expanded text.
8528 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8529 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8530 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8531 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8533 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8535 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8537 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8538 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8539 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8541 \(fn)" t nil)
8543 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8544 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8545 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8547 \(fn)" t nil)
8548 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8549 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8551 ;;;***
8553 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16211 27039))
8554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8556 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8557 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8558 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8560 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8561 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8562 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8564 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8566 Key definitions:
8567 \\{f90-mode-map}
8569 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8571 `f90-do-indent'
8572 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8573 `f90-if-indent'
8574 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8575 `f90-type-indent'
8576 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8577 `f90-program-indent'
8578 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8579 (default 2).
8580 `f90-continuation-indent'
8581 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8582 `f90-comment-region'
8583 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8584 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8585 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8586 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8587 (default \"!\").
8588 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8589 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8590 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8591 `f90-break-delimiters'
8592 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8593 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8594 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8595 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8596 (default t).
8597 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8598 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8599 `f90-smart-end'
8600 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8601 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8602 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8603 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8604 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8605 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8606 `f90-leave-line-no'
8607 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8608 `f90-keywords-re'
8609 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8611 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8612 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8614 \(fn)" t nil)
8616 ;;;***
8618 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8619 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8620 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8621 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8622 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16211 27015))
8623 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8624 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8625 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8627 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8628 Menu keymap for faces.")
8630 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8632 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8633 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8635 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8637 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8638 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8640 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8642 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8643 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8645 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8647 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8648 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8650 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8652 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8653 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8655 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8657 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8658 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8660 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8662 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8664 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8666 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8668 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8669 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8670 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8671 will not show through at all will be removed.
8673 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8675 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8676 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8677 requested face.
8679 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8680 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8681 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8683 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8685 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8686 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8687 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8689 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8690 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8691 requested face.
8693 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8694 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8695 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8697 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8699 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8700 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8701 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8703 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8704 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8705 requested face.
8707 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8708 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8709 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8711 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8713 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8714 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8715 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8716 is the menu item's name.
8718 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8719 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8720 requested face.
8722 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8723 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8724 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8726 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8728 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8729 Make the region invisible.
8730 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8731 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8733 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8735 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8736 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8737 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8738 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8740 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8742 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8743 Make the region unmodifiable.
8744 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8745 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8747 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8749 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8750 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8752 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8754 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8755 Remove all text properties from the region.
8757 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8759 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8760 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8761 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8763 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8765 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8766 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8768 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8770 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8771 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8772 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8773 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8774 of colors that the current display can handle.
8776 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8778 ;;;***
8780 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8781 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16211 27015))
8782 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8784 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8785 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8786 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8787 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8789 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8791 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8792 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8793 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8795 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8796 - When you save the file's buffer.
8797 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8798 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8799 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8800 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8802 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8804 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8805 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8806 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8807 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8811 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8812 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8814 \(fn)" nil nil)
8816 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8818 ;;;***
8820 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8821 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8822 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16211 27033))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8825 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8826 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8827 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8828 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8830 \(fn)" nil nil)
8832 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8833 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8837 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8838 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8839 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8840 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8844 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8845 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8846 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8847 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8848 backup file names and the like).
8850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8852 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8853 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8854 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8855 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8856 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8857 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8858 internally by feedmail):
8860 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8861 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8862 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8863 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8865 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8866 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8867 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8868 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8869 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8871 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8873 ;;;***
8875 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8876 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16252 34051))
8877 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8879 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8880 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8881 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8882 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8883 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8884 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8885 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8887 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8889 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8890 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8891 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8892 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8893 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8894 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8895 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8897 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8899 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8901 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8903 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8904 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8905 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8906 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8907 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8908 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8910 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8912 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8913 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8914 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8915 Return value:
8916 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8917 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8918 * otherwise, nil
8920 \(fn E)" t nil)
8922 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8923 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8925 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8927 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8928 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8930 \(fn)" t nil)
8932 ;;;***
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8935 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8938 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8939 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8940 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8941 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8942 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8943 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8944 \(directories) is done.
8946 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8947 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8948 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8949 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8951 ;;;***
8953 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8954 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (16211 27016))
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8957 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8958 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8959 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8960 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8961 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8963 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8965 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8966 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8967 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8968 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8970 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8972 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8973 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8974 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8976 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8978 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8979 as the final argument.
8981 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8983 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8984 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8985 and run dired on those files.
8986 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8987 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8989 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8991 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8993 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8994 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8995 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8997 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8999 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
9001 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9003 ;;;***
9005 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9006 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9007 ;;;;;; (16247 2100))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9010 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
9011 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
9012 Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files
9013 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
9014 construct.")
9016 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
9017 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9018 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9020 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9022 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9024 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9026 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9027 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9028 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9030 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9031 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9033 Variables of interest include:
9035 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9036 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9037 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9039 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9040 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9041 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9043 - `ff-ignore-include'
9044 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9046 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9047 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9049 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9050 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9052 - `ff-special-constructs'
9053 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9054 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9055 extracting the filename from that construct.
9057 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9058 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9060 - `ff-search-directories'
9061 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9062 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9064 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9065 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9067 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9068 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9070 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9071 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9073 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9074 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9076 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9077 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9079 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9081 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9082 Visit the file you click on.
9084 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9086 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9087 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9089 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9091 ;;;***
9093 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9094 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9095 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9096 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9097 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9098 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16211 27026))
9099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9101 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9102 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9104 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9106 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9107 Search for SYMBOL.
9108 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9109 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9111 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9113 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9114 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9116 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9117 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9118 not selected.
9120 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9121 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9122 in `load-path'.
9124 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9126 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9127 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9129 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9130 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9131 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9132 it is one of the current buffers.
9134 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9135 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9136 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9138 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9140 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9141 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9143 See `find-function' for more details.
9145 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9147 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9148 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9150 See `find-function' for more details.
9152 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9154 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9155 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9157 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9158 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9159 not selected.
9161 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9162 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9164 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9166 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9167 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9169 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9170 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9171 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9172 it is one of the current buffers.
9174 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9175 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9176 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9178 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9180 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9181 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9183 See `find-variable' for more details.
9185 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9187 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9188 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9190 See `find-variable' for more details.
9192 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9194 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9195 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9196 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9198 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9200 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9201 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9203 \(fn)" t nil)
9205 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9206 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9208 \(fn)" t nil)
9210 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9211 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9213 \(fn)" nil nil)
9215 ;;;***
9217 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9218 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16211 27016))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9221 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9222 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9224 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9226 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9227 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9229 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9231 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9232 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9234 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9236 ;;;***
9238 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9239 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16235 4766))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9242 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9243 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9245 \(fn)" t nil)
9247 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9248 Display FILE's commentary section.
9249 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9251 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9253 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9254 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9256 \(fn)" t nil)
9258 ;;;***
9260 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9261 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16211 27016))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9264 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9265 Toggle flow control handling.
9266 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9267 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9269 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9271 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9272 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9273 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9274 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9275 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9276 to get the effect of a C-q.
9278 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9280 ;;;***
9282 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9283 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9284 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16211 27043))
9285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9287 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9288 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9289 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9291 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9293 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9294 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9296 \(fn)" t nil)
9298 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9300 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9302 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9303 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9304 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9305 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9306 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9307 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9309 Bindings:
9310 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9311 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9312 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9314 Hooks:
9315 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9317 Remark:
9318 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9319 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9320 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9322 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9323 consider adding:
9324 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9325 in your .emacs file.
9327 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9328 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9332 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9334 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9335 The flyspell version
9337 \(fn)" t nil)
9339 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9340 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9342 \(fn)" nil nil)
9344 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9345 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9347 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9349 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9350 Flyspell whole buffer.
9352 \(fn)" t nil)
9354 ;;;***
9356 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9357 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9358 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9361 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9362 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9364 \(fn)" t nil)
9366 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9367 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9369 \(fn)" t nil)
9371 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9372 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9374 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9375 of two major techniques:
9377 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9378 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9379 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9381 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9382 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9383 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9384 movement commands.
9386 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9387 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9388 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9389 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9390 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9391 mileage may vary).
9393 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9394 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9396 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9398 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9399 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9400 \(This is the default.)
9402 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9403 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9405 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9406 \\{follow-mode-map}
9408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9410 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9411 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9413 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9414 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9415 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9416 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9417 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9418 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9420 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9421 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9422 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9424 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9425 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9426 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9430 ;;;***
9432 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9433 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9434 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16211 27016))
9435 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9437 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9438 Not documented
9440 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9442 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9443 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9444 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9445 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9446 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9447 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9448 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9449 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9450 end of the current highlighting list.
9452 For example:
9454 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9455 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9456 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9458 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9459 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9461 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9462 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9463 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9465 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9466 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9467 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9469 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9471 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9472 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9474 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9475 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9477 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9478 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9479 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9481 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9483 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9484 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9486 \(fn)" t nil)
9488 ;;;***
9490 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16211
9491 ;;;;;; 27033))
9492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9494 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9495 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9496 \\<message-mode-map>
9497 key binding
9498 --- -------
9500 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9501 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9502 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9503 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9504 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9505 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9509 ;;;***
9511 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9512 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16211 27016))
9513 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9515 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9516 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9518 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9519 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9520 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9521 C-c < forms-first-record <
9522 C-c > forms-last-record >
9523 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9524 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9525 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9526 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9527 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9528 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9529 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9530 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9531 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9532 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9534 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9536 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9537 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9539 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9541 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9542 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9544 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9546 ;;;***
9548 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9549 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16211 27039))
9550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9552 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9553 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9554 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9555 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9556 with a character in column 6.")
9558 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9560 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9561 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9562 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9564 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9565 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9567 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9569 Key definitions:
9570 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9572 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9574 `comment-start'
9575 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9576 `fortran-do-indent'
9577 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9578 `fortran-if-indent'
9579 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9580 `fortran-structure-indent'
9581 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9582 (default 3)
9583 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9584 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9585 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9586 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9587 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9588 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9589 nil don't change the indentation
9590 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9591 value of either
9592 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9593 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9594 depending on the continuation format in use.
9595 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9596 indentation for a line of code.
9597 (default 'fixed)
9598 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9599 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9600 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9601 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9602 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9603 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9604 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9605 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9606 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9607 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9608 column 5.
9609 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9610 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9611 statements (default nil).
9612 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9613 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9614 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9615 `fortran-continuation-string'
9616 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9617 line (default \"$\").
9618 `fortran-comment-region'
9619 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9620 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9621 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9622 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9623 as typed (default t).
9624 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9625 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9627 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9628 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9630 \(fn)" t nil)
9632 ;;;***
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9635 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16211 27038))
9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9638 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9639 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9641 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9642 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9644 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9646 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9647 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9649 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9650 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9652 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9654 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9655 Compile fortune file.
9657 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9658 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9660 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9662 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9663 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9665 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9666 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9667 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9668 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9670 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9672 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9673 Display a fortune cookie.
9675 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9676 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9677 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9678 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9680 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9682 ;;;***
9684 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9685 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (16271 3439))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9688 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9689 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9690 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9691 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9692 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9693 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9694 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9695 fringe).
9696 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9697 it take real effect.
9698 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9699 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9700 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9702 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9704 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9705 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
9707 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
9708 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
9709 `minimal' and `half'.
9711 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
9712 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
9713 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
9714 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
9715 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
9716 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
9717 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
9718 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
9719 width of 0.
9721 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
9722 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
9723 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
9724 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
9725 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
9727 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9729 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9730 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
9732 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
9733 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
9734 `minimal' and `half'.
9736 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
9737 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
9738 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
9739 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
9740 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
9741 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
9742 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
9743 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
9744 width of 0.
9746 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
9747 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
9748 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
9749 `fringe-mode'.
9751 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9753 ;;;***
9755 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16278 45828))
9756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9758 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9759 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9760 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9761 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9763 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9764 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9765 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9767 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9768 GDB Toolbar
9769 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9770 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9774 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9775 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9776 | (comint-mode)
9783 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9784 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9785 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9786 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9787 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9788 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9790 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9791 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9792 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9793 in the GUD buffer.
9795 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9796 screen.
9798 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9799 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9800 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9802 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9804 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9805 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9807 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9809 ;;;***
9811 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9812 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
9813 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9815 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9816 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9818 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9819 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9821 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9822 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9823 function.
9825 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9826 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9827 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9828 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9829 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9830 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9832 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9833 Each keyword should be a string.
9835 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9836 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9838 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9839 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9840 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9842 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9844 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9846 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9848 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9849 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9850 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9851 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9853 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9854 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9856 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9858 ;;;***
9860 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9861 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
9862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9864 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9865 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9866 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9867 at places they belong to.
9869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9871 ;;;***
9873 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9874 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16211 27028))
9875 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9877 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9878 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9882 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9883 Read network news.
9884 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9885 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9886 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9887 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9888 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9890 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9892 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9893 Read news as a slave.
9895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9897 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9898 Pop up a frame to read news.
9900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9902 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9903 Read network news.
9904 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9905 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9906 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9908 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9910 ;;;***
9912 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9913 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9914 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9917 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9918 Start Gnus unplugged.
9920 \(fn)" t nil)
9922 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9923 Start Gnus plugged.
9925 \(fn)" t nil)
9927 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9928 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9929 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9930 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9932 \(gnus-agentize)
9934 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9935 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9936 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9938 \(fn)" t nil)
9940 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9941 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9943 \(fn)" t nil)
9945 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9946 Not documented
9948 \(fn)" t nil)
9950 ;;;***
9952 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9953 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9954 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9956 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9957 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9959 \(fn)" nil nil)
9961 ;;;***
9963 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9964 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9967 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9968 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9970 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9972 ;;;***
9974 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9975 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16211
9976 ;;;;;; 27028))
9977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9979 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9980 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9982 Usage:
9983 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9985 \(fn)" t nil)
9987 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9988 Generate the cache active file.
9990 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9992 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9993 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9995 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9997 ;;;***
9999 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
10000 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16211 27028))
10001 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
10003 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
10004 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
10005 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
10007 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10009 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
10010 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
10012 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10014 ;;;***
10016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
10017 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
10020 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
10022 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
10023 Run batched scoring.
10024 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
10026 \(fn)" t nil)
10028 ;;;***
10030 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
10031 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (16211 27028))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
10034 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10035 Not documented
10037 \(fn)" nil nil)
10039 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10040 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
10042 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
10044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10046 ;;;***
10048 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
10049 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
10050 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
10053 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10054 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10055 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10056 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10057 group parameters.
10059 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10060 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10061 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10062 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10064 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10065 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10066 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10067 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10068 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10069 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10070 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10071 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10072 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10073 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10075 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10077 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10078 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10079 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10081 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10082 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10084 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10086 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10087 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10088 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10090 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10092 \(fn)" nil nil)
10094 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10095 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10096 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10098 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10100 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10101 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10102 existing groups are considered.
10104 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10105 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10106 returned.
10108 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10109 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10110 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10111 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10112 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10113 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10114 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10115 clauses will be generated.
10117 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10118 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10119 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10120 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10121 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10122 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10124 For example, given the following group parameters:
10126 nnml:mail.bar:
10127 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10128 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10129 nnml:mail.foo:
10130 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10131 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10132 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10133 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10134 nnml:mail.others:
10135 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10137 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10139 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10140 \"mail.bar\")
10141 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10142 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10143 \"mail.others\")
10145 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10147 ;;;***
10149 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10150 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10153 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10154 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10155 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10157 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10159 ;;;***
10161 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16211
10162 ;;;;;; 27028))
10163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10165 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10166 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10167 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10168 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10170 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10172 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10174 ;;;***
10176 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10177 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10180 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10181 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10182 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10183 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10184 part is ignored.
10186 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10187 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10188 rather than using this function.
10190 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10192 ;;;***
10194 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10195 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10198 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10199 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10200 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10201 for matching on group names.
10203 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10204 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10206 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10208 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10210 \(fn)" t nil)
10212 ;;;***
10214 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10215 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10216 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10218 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10219 Update the format specification near point.
10221 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10223 ;;;***
10225 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10226 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16211 27028))
10227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10229 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10230 Unload all Gnus features.
10231 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10232 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10233 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10235 \(fn)" t nil)
10237 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10238 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10240 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10242 ;;;***
10244 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10245 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10248 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10249 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10251 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10253 ;;;***
10255 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16211 27038))
10256 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10258 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10259 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10261 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10262 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10263 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10265 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10266 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10267 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10269 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10270 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10272 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10273 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10275 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10277 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10279 ;;;***
10281 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10282 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16211 27037))
10283 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10285 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10286 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10287 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10288 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10289 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10291 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10293 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10294 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10295 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10296 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10297 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10299 \(fn)" t nil)
10301 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10302 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10303 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10304 or to send e-mail.
10305 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10307 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10308 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10310 \(fn)" t nil)
10312 ;;;***
10314 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16211 27016))
10315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10317 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10318 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10319 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10320 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10321 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10323 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10325 ;;;***
10327 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10328 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16278 45828))
10329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10331 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10332 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10333 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10334 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10336 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10338 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10339 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10340 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10341 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10343 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10345 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10346 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10347 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10348 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10350 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10352 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10353 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10354 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10355 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10357 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10358 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10360 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10362 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10363 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10364 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10365 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10367 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10369 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10370 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10371 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10372 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10374 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10376 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10377 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10378 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10379 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10380 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10382 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10383 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10384 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10385 original source file access method.
10387 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10388 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10390 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10392 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10393 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10394 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10395 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10397 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10398 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10400 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10402 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10403 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10405 \(fn)" t nil)
10407 ;;;***
10409 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16211
10410 ;;;;;; 27038))
10411 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10413 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10414 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10415 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10416 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10418 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10419 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10420 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10421 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10423 \(fn)" t nil)
10425 ;;;***
10427 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10428 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
10429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10431 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10432 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10434 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10436 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10437 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10438 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10439 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10441 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10443 \(fn)" t nil)
10445 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10446 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10447 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10448 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10449 to be updated.
10451 \(fn)" t nil)
10453 ;;;***
10455 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10456 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10457 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16211 27016))
10458 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10460 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10461 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10462 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10463 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10464 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10465 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10469 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10470 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10471 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10472 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10473 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10474 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10476 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10477 is used instead of `load-path'.
10479 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10480 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10481 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10483 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10485 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10486 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10488 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10490 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10491 Not documented
10493 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10495 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10496 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10497 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10499 \(fn)" nil nil)
10501 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10502 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10503 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10504 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10505 it is displayed along with the global value.
10507 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10509 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10510 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10511 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10512 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10514 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10516 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10517 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10518 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10520 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10522 ;;;***
10524 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10525 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10528 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10529 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10530 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10531 and window listing and describing the options.
10532 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10533 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10535 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10537 ;;;***
10539 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10540 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10541 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16276 26334))
10542 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10544 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10545 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10546 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10547 Commands:
10548 \\{help-mode-map}
10550 \(fn)" t nil)
10552 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10553 Not documented
10555 \(fn)" nil nil)
10557 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10558 Not documented
10560 \(fn)" nil nil)
10562 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10563 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10565 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10566 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10567 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10568 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10570 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10571 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10572 restore it properly when going back.
10574 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10576 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10577 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10579 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10580 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10581 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10582 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10583 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
10584 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
10585 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
10586 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
10588 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10589 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10590 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10591 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10593 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10594 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10595 that.
10597 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10599 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10600 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10601 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10602 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10603 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10604 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10606 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10608 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10609 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10610 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10611 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10612 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10614 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10616 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10617 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10619 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10621 ;;;***
10623 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10624 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16211 27026))
10625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10627 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10628 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10630 \(fn)" t nil)
10632 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10633 Provide help for current mode.
10635 \(fn)" t nil)
10637 ;;;***
10639 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10640 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16211 27016))
10641 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10643 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10644 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10645 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10646 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10647 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10649 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10650 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10652 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10653 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10654 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10655 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10657 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10658 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10659 periods.
10661 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10662 in hexl format.
10664 A sample format:
10666 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10667 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10668 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10669 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10670 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10671 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10672 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10673 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10674 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10675 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10676 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10677 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10678 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10679 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10680 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10682 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10683 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10684 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10686 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10687 also supported.
10689 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10691 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10692 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10693 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10695 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10696 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10697 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10699 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10700 into the buffer at the current point.
10702 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10703 into the buffer at the current point.
10705 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10706 into the buffer at the current point.
10708 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10710 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10711 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10713 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10715 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10719 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10720 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10721 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10723 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10725 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10726 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10727 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10729 \(fn)" t nil)
10731 ;;;***
10733 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10734 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10735 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16211
10736 ;;;;;; 27016))
10737 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10739 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10740 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10742 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10744 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10745 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10747 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10748 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10749 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10750 which can be called interactively, are:
10752 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10753 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10755 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10756 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10757 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10758 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10760 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10761 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10763 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10764 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10766 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10767 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10768 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10769 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10770 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10771 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10773 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10774 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10776 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10777 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10778 Hi-lock: FOO
10779 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10780 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10781 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10782 will be read until
10783 Hi-lock: end
10784 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10788 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10790 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10791 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10793 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10794 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10795 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10796 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10798 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10800 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10802 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10803 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10805 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10806 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10807 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10808 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10810 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10812 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10814 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10815 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10817 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10818 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10820 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10822 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10824 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10825 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10827 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10828 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10829 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10830 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10831 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10833 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10835 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10836 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10838 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10839 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10840 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10842 \(fn)" t nil)
10844 ;;;***
10846 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10847 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16211 27039))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10850 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10851 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10852 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10853 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10854 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10855 how the hiding is done:
10857 `hide-ifdef-env'
10858 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10859 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10860 is used.
10862 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10863 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10864 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10865 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10866 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10868 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10869 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10870 #endif lines when hiding.
10872 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10873 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10874 is activated.
10876 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10877 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10878 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10880 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10884 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10885 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10887 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10889 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10890 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10892 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10894 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10895 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10897 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10899 ;;;***
10901 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10902 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16274 58117))
10903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10905 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10906 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10908 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10910 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10911 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10912 Each element has the form
10913 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10915 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10916 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10918 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10919 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10921 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10922 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10923 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10924 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10925 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10926 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10928 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10929 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10931 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10932 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10934 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10935 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10936 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10938 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10939 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10940 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10941 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10942 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10943 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10945 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10946 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10947 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10949 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10950 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10952 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10954 Key bindings:
10955 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10959 ;;;***
10961 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10962 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10963 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10964 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16211 27016))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10967 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10969 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10970 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10971 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10973 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10975 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10976 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10978 Without an argument:
10979 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10980 or passive state as determined by the variable
10981 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10982 and passive state.
10984 With an argument ARG:
10985 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10986 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10987 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10989 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10990 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10991 not displayed in a different face.
10993 Functions:
10994 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10995 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10996 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10997 buffer with the contents of a file
10998 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10999 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
11000 various faces.
11002 Hook variables:
11003 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
11004 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
11005 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
11007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11009 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
11010 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
11012 \(fn)" t nil)
11014 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
11015 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
11017 \(fn)" t nil)
11019 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
11020 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
11022 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
11023 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
11024 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
11025 shown in the last face in the list.
11027 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
11028 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
11029 buffer to be saved):
11031 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
11033 \(fn)" t nil)
11035 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
11036 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
11038 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
11039 and must not be read-only.
11041 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
11042 this function is called interactively.
11044 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
11045 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
11046 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
11048 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
11049 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
11050 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
11052 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
11054 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
11055 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
11057 When called interactively:
11058 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
11059 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
11060 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
11061 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
11063 When called from a program:
11064 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11065 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11066 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11067 - otherwise just turn it on
11069 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11070 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11071 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11072 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11076 ;;;***
11078 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11079 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11080 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11081 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11082 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16211 27016))
11083 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11085 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11086 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11087 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11088 or insert functions in this list.")
11090 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11092 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11093 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11095 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11097 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11098 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11100 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11102 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11103 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11105 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11107 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11108 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11110 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11112 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11113 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11114 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11116 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11118 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11119 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11120 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11121 \(as atoms)")
11123 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11125 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11126 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11127 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11128 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11129 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11131 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11133 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11134 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11135 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11136 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11137 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11138 expansions.
11139 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11140 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11141 undoes the expansion.
11143 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11145 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11146 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11147 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11148 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11150 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11152 ;;;***
11154 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11155 ;;;;;; (16271 3438))
11156 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11158 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11159 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11160 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11162 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11163 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11164 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11165 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11166 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11168 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11169 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11170 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11171 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11175 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11176 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11177 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11178 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11179 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11181 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11183 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11184 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11185 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11187 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11188 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11192 ;;;***
11194 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11195 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
11196 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11198 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11199 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11200 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11202 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11206 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11207 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11209 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11210 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11212 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11214 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11216 ;;;***
11218 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11219 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16211 27037))
11220 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11222 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11223 This function is obsolete.
11224 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11225 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11227 \(fn)" nil nil)
11229 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11230 This function is obsolete.
11231 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11232 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11236 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11237 This function is obsolete.
11238 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11239 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11243 ;;;***
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11246 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11247 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11248 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11249 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11250 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11251 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11252 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11253 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11254 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11255 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11256 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11257 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11258 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11259 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11260 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11261 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11262 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11263 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11264 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11265 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11266 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16211 27016))
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11269 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11270 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11271 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11275 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11276 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11278 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11280 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11281 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11283 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11285 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11286 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11288 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11290 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11291 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11293 \(fn)" t nil)
11295 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11296 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11298 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11300 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11301 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11303 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11304 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11305 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11306 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11307 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11308 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11309 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11310 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11311 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11312 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11313 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11314 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11316 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11317 Not documented
11319 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11321 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11322 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11324 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11326 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11327 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11329 \(fn)" t nil)
11331 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11332 Remove the first filter group.
11334 \(fn)" t nil)
11336 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11337 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11339 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11341 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11342 Remove all filter groups.
11344 \(fn)" t nil)
11346 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11347 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11349 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11351 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11352 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11353 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11355 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11357 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11358 Kill the filter group at point.
11359 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11363 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11364 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11366 \(fn)" t nil)
11368 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11369 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11371 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11373 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11374 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11375 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11376 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11378 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11380 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11381 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11382 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11384 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11386 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11387 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11388 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11389 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11390 of replacing the current filters.
11392 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11394 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11395 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11397 \(fn)" t nil)
11399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11400 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11402 \(fn)" t nil)
11404 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11405 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11407 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11408 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11409 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11411 \(fn)" t nil)
11413 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11414 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11416 \(fn)" t nil)
11418 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11419 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11421 \(fn)" t nil)
11423 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11424 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11425 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11426 filter into parts.
11428 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11430 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11431 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11432 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11434 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11436 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11437 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11439 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11441 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11442 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11444 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11446 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11447 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11448 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11449 of replacing the current filters.
11451 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11452 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11453 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11454 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11455 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11456 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11457 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11458 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11459 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11461 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11462 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11463 Default sorting modes are:
11464 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11465 Name - the name of the buffer
11466 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11467 Size - the size of the buffer
11469 \(fn)" t nil)
11471 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11472 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11474 \(fn)" t nil)
11475 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11476 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11477 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11478 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11480 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11481 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11483 \(fn)" t nil)
11485 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11486 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11487 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11488 for this Ibuffer session.
11490 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11492 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11493 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11494 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11495 for this Ibuffer session.
11497 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11499 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11500 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11502 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11503 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11505 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11506 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11508 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11510 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11511 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11513 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11514 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11516 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11518 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11519 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11521 \(fn)" t nil)
11523 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11524 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11526 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11528 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11529 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11530 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11532 \(fn)" t nil)
11534 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11535 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11537 The names are separated by a space.
11538 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11540 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11541 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11542 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11543 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11545 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11549 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11550 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11552 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11554 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11555 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11557 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11559 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11560 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11562 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11564 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11565 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11567 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11569 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11570 Mark all modified buffers.
11572 \(fn)" t nil)
11574 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11575 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11577 \(fn)" t nil)
11579 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11580 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11582 \(fn)" t nil)
11584 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11585 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11587 \(fn)" t nil)
11589 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11590 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11592 \(fn)" t nil)
11594 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11595 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11597 \(fn)" t nil)
11599 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11600 Mark all read-only buffers.
11602 \(fn)" t nil)
11604 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11605 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11607 \(fn)" t nil)
11609 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11610 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11611 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11612 defaults to one.
11614 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11616 ;;;***
11618 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11619 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16211
11620 ;;;;;; 27016))
11621 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11623 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11624 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11626 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11627 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11628 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11630 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11631 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11632 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11633 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11634 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11635 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11637 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11638 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11639 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11640 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11641 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11643 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11645 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11646 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11647 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11648 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11649 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11651 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11652 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11653 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11655 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11657 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11658 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11659 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11660 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11661 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11662 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11664 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11665 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11666 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11667 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11668 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11669 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11670 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11671 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11672 values are:
11673 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11674 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11675 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11676 buffer's modification flag.
11677 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11678 prompted before performing this operation.
11679 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11680 operation is complete, in the form:
11681 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11682 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11683 confirmation message, in the form:
11684 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11685 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11686 macro for exactly what it does.
11688 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11690 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11691 Define a filter named NAME.
11692 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11693 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11694 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11696 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11697 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11698 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11699 bound to the current value of the filter.
11701 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11703 ;;;***
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11706 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16211 27016))
11707 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11709 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11710 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11711 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11712 buffers which are visiting a file.
11714 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11716 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11717 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11718 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11719 buffers which are visiting a file.
11721 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11723 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11724 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11725 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11727 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11728 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11729 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11730 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11731 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11732 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11733 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11734 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11735 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11736 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11737 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11738 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11739 locally in this buffer.
11741 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11743 ;;;***
11745 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11746 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (16211 27017))
11747 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11749 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11750 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11751 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11755 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11756 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11757 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11759 \(fn)" nil nil)
11761 ;;;***
11763 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16211 27039))
11764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11766 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11767 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11768 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11769 Tab indents for Icon code.
11770 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11771 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11772 \\{icon-mode-map}
11773 Variables controlling indentation style:
11774 icon-tab-always-indent
11775 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11776 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11777 icon-auto-newline
11778 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11779 inserted in Icon code.
11780 icon-indent-level
11781 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11782 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11783 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11784 icon-continued-statement-offset
11785 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11786 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11787 icon-continued-brace-offset
11788 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11789 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11790 icon-brace-offset
11791 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11792 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11793 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11794 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11796 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11797 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11799 \(fn)" t nil)
11801 ;;;***
11803 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11804 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
11805 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11807 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11808 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11809 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11810 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11812 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11813 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11814 separate frames.
11816 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11817 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11819 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11820 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11821 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11823 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11825 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11827 ;;;***
11829 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11830 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
11831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11833 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11834 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11836 The main features of this mode are
11838 1. Indentation and Formatting
11839 --------------------------
11840 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11841 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11843 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11844 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11845 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11846 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11848 Comments are indented as follows:
11850 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11851 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11852 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11854 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11856 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11857 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11858 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11859 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11860 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11861 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11862 recommended).
11864 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11865 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11866 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11867 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11869 2. Routine Info
11870 ------------
11871 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11872 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11873 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11874 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11875 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11876 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11877 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11878 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11880 3. Online IDL Help
11881 ---------------
11882 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11883 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11884 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11885 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11886 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11888 4. Completion
11889 ----------
11890 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11891 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11892 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11893 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11894 mixed or upper case.
11896 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11897 --------------------------------
11898 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11899 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11901 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11902 \\fu FUNCTION template
11903 \\c CASE statement template
11904 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11905 \\f FOR loop template
11906 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11907 \\w WHILE loop template
11908 \\i IF statement template
11909 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11910 \\b BEGIN
11912 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11913 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11915 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11916 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11917 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11919 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11920 -------------------------
11921 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11922 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11924 7. Automatic END completion
11925 ------------------------
11926 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11927 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11929 8. Hooks
11930 -----
11931 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11932 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11934 9. Documentation and Customization
11935 -------------------------------
11936 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11937 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11938 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11939 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11940 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11942 10.Keybindings
11943 -----------
11944 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11945 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11946 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11948 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11950 \(fn)" t nil)
11952 ;;;***
11954 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11955 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11956 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11957 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11958 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11959 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11960 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11961 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (16211 27017))
11962 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11964 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11965 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11966 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11967 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11968 displaying...)
11969 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11970 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11971 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11974 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11976 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11978 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11979 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11980 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11981 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11982 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11983 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11984 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11985 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11986 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11990 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11991 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11992 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11993 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11994 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11995 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11996 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11998 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12000 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
12001 Switch to another buffer.
12002 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
12003 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
12004 in another frame.
12006 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
12007 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
12008 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
12009 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
12010 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12012 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
12013 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
12015 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
12016 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
12018 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12019 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12020 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12021 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
12022 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
12023 in a separate window.
12024 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
12025 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12026 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12027 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12028 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
12029 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
12030 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
12031 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
12032 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
12034 \(fn)" t nil)
12036 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
12037 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
12038 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12039 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12041 \(fn)" t nil)
12043 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
12044 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
12045 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12046 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12048 \(fn)" t nil)
12050 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
12051 Kill a buffer.
12052 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12053 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12055 \(fn)" t nil)
12057 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
12058 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
12059 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12060 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12062 \(fn)" t nil)
12064 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12065 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12066 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12067 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12069 \(fn)" t nil)
12071 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12072 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12074 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12076 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12077 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12078 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12079 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12080 visible in another frame.
12082 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12083 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12084 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12085 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12086 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12087 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12089 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12090 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12092 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12093 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12095 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12096 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12097 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12098 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12099 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12100 in a separate window.
12101 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12102 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12103 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12104 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12105 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12106 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12107 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12108 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12109 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12110 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12111 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12112 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12113 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12114 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12115 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12117 \(fn)" t nil)
12119 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12120 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12121 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12122 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12124 \(fn)" t nil)
12126 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12127 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12128 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12129 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12131 \(fn)" t nil)
12133 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12134 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12135 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12136 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12138 \(fn)" t nil)
12140 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12141 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12142 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12143 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12145 \(fn)" t nil)
12147 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12148 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12149 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12150 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12152 \(fn)" t nil)
12154 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12155 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12156 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12157 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12159 \(fn)" t nil)
12161 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12162 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12163 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12164 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12166 \(fn)" t nil)
12168 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12169 Write current buffer to a file.
12170 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12171 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12173 \(fn)" t nil)
12175 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12176 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12177 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12178 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12180 \(fn)" t nil)
12182 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12183 Call dired the ido way.
12184 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12185 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12187 \(fn)" t nil)
12189 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12190 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12191 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12193 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12195 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12196 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12197 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12199 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12201 ;;;***
12203 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16218 6767))
12204 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12205 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12207 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12208 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12209 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12211 \(fn)" t nil)
12213 ;;;***
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12216 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12217 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (16211 27017))
12218 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12220 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12221 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12222 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12223 be determined.
12225 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12227 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12228 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12229 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12230 be determined.
12232 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12234 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12235 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12236 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12238 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12240 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12241 Create an image.
12242 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12243 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12244 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12245 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12246 use its file extension as image type.
12247 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12248 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12249 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12250 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12252 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12254 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12255 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12256 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12257 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12258 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12259 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12260 POS may be an integer or marker.
12261 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12262 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12263 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12264 means display it in the right marginal area.
12266 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12268 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12269 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12270 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12271 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12272 defaulted if you omit it.
12273 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12274 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12275 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12276 means display it in the right marginal area.
12278 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12280 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12281 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12282 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12283 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12285 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12287 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12288 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12290 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12292 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12293 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12294 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12295 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12296 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12297 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12298 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12299 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12300 satisfied.
12302 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12304 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12306 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12307 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12309 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12310 documentation string.
12312 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12313 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12314 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12315 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12316 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12317 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12318 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12319 define SYMBOL.
12321 Example:
12323 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12324 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12326 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12328 ;;;***
12330 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12331 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12332 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16211 27017))
12333 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12335 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12336 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12337 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12338 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12340 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12341 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12342 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12343 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12345 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12347 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12348 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12349 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12350 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12352 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12353 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12354 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12355 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12357 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12359 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12360 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12362 \(fn)" nil nil)
12364 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12365 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12366 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12367 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12369 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12371 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12372 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12373 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12375 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12377 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12379 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12380 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12381 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12382 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12384 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12385 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12386 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12390 ;;;***
12392 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12393 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16252 34050))
12394 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12396 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12397 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12399 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12401 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12402 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12403 in the buffer.
12405 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12407 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12408 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12409 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12411 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12413 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12414 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12416 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12417 to create a buffer index.
12419 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12420 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12421 or like this:
12422 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12423 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12424 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12425 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12426 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12428 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12429 entries are not nested.
12431 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12432 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12433 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12434 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12436 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12437 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12439 The variable is buffer-local.
12441 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12442 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12443 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12445 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12446 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12447 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12448 during matching.")
12450 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12452 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12453 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12455 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12456 of the current buffer as an alist.
12458 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12459 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12460 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12461 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12462 if it is a sub-alist.
12464 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12466 The variable is buffer-local.")
12468 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12470 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12471 Function for finding the next index position.
12473 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12474 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12475 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12476 file.
12478 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12479 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12481 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12483 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12485 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12486 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12488 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12489 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12490 It should return the name for that index item.
12492 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12494 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12496 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12497 Function to compare string with index item.
12499 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12500 non-nil if they match.
12502 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12503 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12504 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12505 arguments match\".
12507 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12509 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12511 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12512 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12513 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12515 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12517 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12519 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12521 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12522 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12523 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12524 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12526 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12528 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12529 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12531 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12533 \(fn)" t nil)
12535 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12536 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12537 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12538 for more information.
12540 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12542 ;;;***
12544 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12545 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12546 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16301 42973))
12547 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12549 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12550 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12552 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12554 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12555 Not documented
12557 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12559 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12560 Not documented
12562 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12564 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12565 Not documented
12567 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12569 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12570 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12571 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12572 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12573 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12575 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12577 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12578 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12579 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12580 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12581 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12583 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12585 ;;;***
12587 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12588 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
12589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12591 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12592 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12593 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12594 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12595 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12597 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12598 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12600 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12601 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12602 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12603 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12604 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12605 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12606 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12607 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12609 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12610 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12611 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12612 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12613 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12615 This variable is only used if the variable
12616 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12618 More precise choices:
12619 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12620 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12621 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12623 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12625 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12626 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12628 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12629 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12630 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12631 to that buffer.
12632 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12633 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12634 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12635 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12637 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12638 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12640 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12642 ;;;***
12644 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12645 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12646 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12647 ;;;;;; (16258 10857))
12648 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12650 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12651 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12653 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12654 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12656 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12657 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12658 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12659 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12660 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12661 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12663 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12664 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12666 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12667 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12668 in all the directories in that path.
12670 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12672 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12673 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12675 \(fn)" t nil)
12677 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12678 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12679 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12680 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12682 \(fn)" nil nil)
12684 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12685 Go to the Info directory node.
12687 \(fn)" t nil)
12689 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12690 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12691 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12692 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12693 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12694 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12695 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12696 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12697 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12699 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12701 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12702 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12703 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12704 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12705 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12706 or string.
12708 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12710 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12711 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12712 KEY is a string.
12713 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12714 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12715 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12716 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12718 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12720 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12721 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12722 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12724 \(fn)" t nil)
12726 ;;;***
12728 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12729 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12730 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
12731 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12733 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12734 Throw away all cached data.
12735 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12736 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12737 system.
12739 \(fn)" t nil)
12741 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12742 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12743 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12744 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12745 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12746 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12748 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12750 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12752 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12753 Display the documentation of a file.
12754 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12755 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12756 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12757 The default file name is the one found at point.
12759 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12761 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12763 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12764 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12766 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12768 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12769 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12771 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12773 ;;;***
12775 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12776 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (16211 27017))
12777 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12779 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12780 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12782 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12784 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12785 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12786 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12788 \(fn)" t nil)
12790 ;;;***
12792 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12793 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16211 27017))
12794 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12796 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12797 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12799 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12801 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12802 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12803 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12805 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12806 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12807 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12809 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12810 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12811 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12812 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12814 \(fn)" t nil)
12816 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12817 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12818 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12820 \(fn)" t nil)
12822 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12823 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12824 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12825 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12826 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12828 \(fn)" nil nil)
12830 ;;;***
12832 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12833 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12834 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12835 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12837 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12838 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12840 \(fn)" t nil)
12842 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12843 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12845 \(fn)" t nil)
12847 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12848 Not documented
12850 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12852 ;;;***
12854 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12855 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12856 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12858 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12859 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12860 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12861 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12862 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12863 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12865 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12866 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12868 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12869 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12870 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12871 \"s gives German sharp s.
12872 /a gives a with ring.
12873 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12874 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12875 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12876 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12878 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12879 and a negative argument disables it.
12881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12883 ;;;***
12885 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12886 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12887 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12888 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16211 27032))
12889 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12891 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12892 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12893 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12894 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12896 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12898 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12899 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12900 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12901 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12903 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12905 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12906 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12907 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12908 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12910 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12912 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12913 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12914 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12915 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12917 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12919 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12920 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12921 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12922 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12924 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12926 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12927 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12928 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12929 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12931 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12933 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12934 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12935 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12936 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12938 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12940 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12941 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12942 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12943 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12945 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12947 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12948 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12949 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12954 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12955 Warn that format is read-only.
12957 \(fn)" t nil)
12959 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12960 Warn that format is write-only.
12962 \(fn)" t nil)
12964 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12965 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12967 \(fn)" t nil)
12969 ;;;***
12971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12972 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12973 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12974 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12975 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12976 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12978 ;;;***
12980 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12981 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12982 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12983 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12984 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12985 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16211 27044))
12986 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12988 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12989 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12990 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12991 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12993 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12995 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12996 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12998 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
13000 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
13001 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
13002 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
13003 and then re-start emacs.")
13005 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13007 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
13009 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
13011 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
13013 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
13015 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
13017 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
13019 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
13020 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
13022 Each element of this list is also a list:
13024 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
13025 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
13027 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
13028 nil means the default dictionary.
13030 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
13031 word.
13033 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
13035 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
13036 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
13037 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
13038 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
13039 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
13040 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
13041 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
13042 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
13043 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
13045 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
13046 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
13047 single word.
13049 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
13050 subprocess.
13052 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
13053 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
13054 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
13055 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
13056 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
13057 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
13058 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
13059 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
13061 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
13063 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13064 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13065 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13067 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13069 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13070 Key map for ispell menu.")
13072 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13073 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13074 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13075 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13077 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13079 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13081 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13083 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13085 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13087 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13088 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13089 The alist key must be a regular expression.
13090 Valid forms include:
13091 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13092 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13093 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13094 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13096 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13097 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13098 First list is used raw.
13099 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13101 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13102 for skipping in latex mode.")
13104 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13105 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13106 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13107 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13108 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13109 >]\").")
13110 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
13112 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13113 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13114 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13115 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13117 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13118 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13119 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13120 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13121 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13123 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13124 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13126 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13128 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13129 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13131 return values:
13132 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
13133 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13134 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13135 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13136 quit spell session exited.
13138 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13140 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13141 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13142 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13144 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13146 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13147 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13149 Selections are:
13151 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13152 SPC: Accept word this time.
13153 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13154 `a': Accept word for this session.
13155 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13156 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13157 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13158 `?': Show these commands.
13159 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13160 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13161 the aborted check to be completed later.
13162 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13163 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13164 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13165 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13166 `C-l': redraws screen
13167 `C-r': recursive edit
13168 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13170 \(fn)" nil nil)
13172 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13173 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13174 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13176 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13178 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13179 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13180 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13182 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13184 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13186 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13188 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13189 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13190 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13191 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13193 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13195 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13196 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13198 \(fn)" t nil)
13200 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13201 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13203 \(fn)" t nil)
13205 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13206 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13208 \(fn)" t nil)
13210 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13211 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13212 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13213 sequence inside of a word.
13215 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13217 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13219 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13220 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13222 \(fn)" t nil)
13224 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13225 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13226 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13227 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13229 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13230 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13231 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13232 available on the net.
13234 \(fn)" t nil)
13236 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13237 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13238 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13240 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13241 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13243 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13244 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13248 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13249 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13250 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13251 Don't check included messages.
13253 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13254 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13255 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13257 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13258 in your .emacs file:
13259 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13260 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13261 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13262 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13264 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13265 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13266 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13268 \(fn)" t nil)
13270 ;;;***
13272 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13273 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13274 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16211 27017))
13275 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13277 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13278 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13279 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13280 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13281 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13282 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13284 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13286 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13287 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13288 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13289 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13291 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13293 \(fn)" t nil)
13295 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13296 Switch to another buffer.
13298 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13299 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13300 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13301 in another frame.
13302 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13304 \(fn)" t nil)
13306 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13307 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13308 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13309 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13311 \(fn)" t nil)
13313 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13314 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13315 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13316 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13318 \(fn)" t nil)
13320 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13321 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13322 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13323 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13325 \(fn)" t nil)
13327 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13328 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13329 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13331 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13333 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13335 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13336 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13337 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13338 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13339 `iswitchb' for details.
13341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13343 ;;;***
13345 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13346 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13347 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13348 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16211 27033))
13349 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13351 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13352 Not documented
13354 \(fn)" nil nil)
13356 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13357 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13358 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13359 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13360 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13361 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13362 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13363 necessary to represent OBJ.
13365 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13367 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13368 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13369 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13370 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13372 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13374 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13375 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13376 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13377 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13378 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13380 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13382 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13383 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13384 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13385 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13387 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13389 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13390 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13391 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13392 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13394 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13396 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13397 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13399 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13401 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13402 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13403 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13404 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13405 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13407 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13409 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13410 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13411 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13412 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13413 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13415 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13417 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13418 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13419 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13421 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13423 ;;;***
13425 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16211
13426 ;;;;;; 27017))
13427 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13429 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13430 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13431 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13432 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13433 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13435 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13437 ;;;***
13439 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13440 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16211 27017))
13441 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13443 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13444 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13445 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13447 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13449 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13451 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13452 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13453 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13454 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13458 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13459 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13461 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13463 ;;;***
13465 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13466 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13467 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
13468 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13470 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13471 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13472 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13473 decimal key must be specified.")
13475 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13477 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13478 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13479 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13480 decimal key must be specified.")
13482 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13484 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13485 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13486 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13487 decimal key must be specified.")
13489 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13491 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13492 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13493 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13494 decimal key must be specified.")
13496 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13498 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13499 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13500 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13501 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13502 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13503 keys are bound.
13505 Setup Binding
13506 -------------------------------------------------------------
13507 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13508 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13509 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13510 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13511 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13512 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13513 in the global and local keymaps.
13515 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13516 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13518 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13520 ;;;***
13522 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13523 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
13524 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13526 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13527 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13528 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13530 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13531 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13532 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13533 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13534 shorter.
13536 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13537 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13538 the context of text formatting.
13540 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13542 ;;;***
13544 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16211
13545 ;;;;;; 27032))
13546 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13548 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13549 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13550 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13551 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13552 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13553 positions that contains the current selection.")
13555 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13556 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13557 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13558 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13559 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13560 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13561 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13565 ;;;***
13567 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13568 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13569 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13570 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16211 27017))
13571 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13572 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13573 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13574 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13575 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13576 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13577 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13578 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13580 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13581 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13582 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13583 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13584 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13585 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13586 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13588 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13589 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13590 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13592 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13593 defining the macro.
13595 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13596 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13597 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13599 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13601 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13602 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13603 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13604 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13605 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13606 under that name.
13608 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13609 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13610 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13612 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13614 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13615 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13616 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13618 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13619 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13620 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13621 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13623 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13624 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13626 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13628 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13629 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13630 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13632 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13633 macro.
13635 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13636 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13638 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13639 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13640 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13642 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13643 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13645 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13647 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13648 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13649 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13650 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13652 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13654 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13655 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13656 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13657 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13659 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13660 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13662 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13664 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13665 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13666 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13668 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13670 ;;;***
13672 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
13673 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
13674 ;;;;;; (16303 32088))
13675 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
13677 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
13679 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
13680 Not documented
13682 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13684 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
13685 Not documented
13687 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
13689 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
13690 Not documented
13692 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13694 ;;;***
13696 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13697 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16211 27033))
13698 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13700 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13701 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13702 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13704 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13705 Not documented
13707 \(fn)" nil nil)
13709 ;;;***
13711 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13712 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
13713 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13715 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13717 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13718 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13720 \(fn)" t nil)
13722 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13724 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13725 Start or resume an Lm game.
13726 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13727 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13729 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13730 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13731 none / 1 | yes | no
13732 2 | yes | yes
13733 3 | no | yes
13734 4 | no | no
13736 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13737 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13738 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13740 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13742 ;;;***
13744 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13745 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13746 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16211
13747 ;;;;;; 27033))
13748 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13750 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13751 Not documented
13753 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13755 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13756 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13757 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13758 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13759 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13760 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13762 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13763 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13765 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13767 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13768 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13770 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13772 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13773 Not documented
13775 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13777 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13778 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13779 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13780 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13781 to compose.
13783 The return value is number of composed characters.
13785 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13787 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13788 Not documented
13790 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13792 ;;;***
13794 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13795 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16313 5697))
13796 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13798 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13799 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13800 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13801 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13802 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13803 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13804 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13805 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13807 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13808 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13811 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
13813 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13815 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13816 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13817 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13818 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13819 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13820 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13821 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13822 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13824 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13826 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13827 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13828 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
13829 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13832 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
13834 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13836 ;;;***
13838 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13839 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16211 27017))
13840 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13842 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13843 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13844 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13845 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13847 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13849 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13850 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13851 JIT Lock's favor.
13853 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13855 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13856 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13857 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13858 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13859 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13860 for large buffers.
13862 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13863 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13864 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13865 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13866 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13868 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13869 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13870 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13871 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13872 slow to keep up with your typing.
13874 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13875 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13876 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13877 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13878 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13879 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13881 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13882 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13883 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13884 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13886 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13887 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13888 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13889 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13891 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13892 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13893 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13894 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13895 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13899 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13900 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13902 \(fn)" nil nil)
13904 ;;;***
13906 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
13907 ;;;;;; (16238 60560))
13908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
13910 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
13912 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
13913 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
13915 \(fn)" t nil)
13917 ;;;***
13919 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13920 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
13921 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13923 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13924 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13926 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13927 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13929 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13930 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13932 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13933 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13934 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13935 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13936 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13937 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13938 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13939 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13940 and transmit saved text.
13941 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13942 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13943 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13945 \(fn)" t nil)
13947 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13948 Not documented
13950 \(fn)" nil nil)
13952 ;;;***
13954 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16211 27038))
13955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13957 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13958 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13959 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13960 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13961 generations (this defaults to 1).
13963 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13965 ;;;***
13967 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16256
13968 ;;;;;; 53161))
13969 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13971 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13972 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13973 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13974 is nil, raise an error.
13976 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13978 ;;;***
13980 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13981 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
13982 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13984 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13985 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13986 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13988 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13990 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13991 Run the locate command with a filter.
13993 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13994 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13996 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13998 ;;;***
14000 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16258 10857))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
14003 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
14004 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
14005 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
14006 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
14007 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
14008 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
14009 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
14010 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
14011 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
14012 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
14013 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
14014 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
14015 uses the current buffer.
14017 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
14019 ;;;***
14021 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16211
14022 ;;;;;; 27017))
14023 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
14025 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
14026 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
14028 \(fn)" t nil)
14030 ;;;***
14032 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
14033 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16211
14034 ;;;;;; 27017))
14035 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
14037 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
14039 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
14041 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
14042 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
14043 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
14045 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
14046 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
14048 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
14049 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
14050 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
14051 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
14052 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
14053 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
14054 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
14056 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
14058 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
14059 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
14060 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
14061 switch on this list.
14062 See `lpr-command'.")
14064 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
14066 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
14067 *Name of program for printing a file.
14069 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
14070 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
14071 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
14072 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
14073 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
14074 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
14075 argument.")
14077 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
14079 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
14080 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
14081 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14082 for customization of the printer command.
14084 \(fn)" t nil)
14086 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
14087 Paginate and print buffer contents.
14089 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14090 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14091 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14092 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14094 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14095 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14097 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14098 for further customization of the printer command.
14100 \(fn)" t nil)
14102 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14103 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14104 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14105 for customization of the printer command.
14107 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14109 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14110 Paginate and print the region contents.
14112 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14113 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14114 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14115 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14117 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14118 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14120 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14121 for further customization of the printer command.
14123 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14125 ;;;***
14127 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14128 ;;;;;; (16277 42321))
14129 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14131 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14132 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14133 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14135 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14137 ;;;***
14139 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16211
14140 ;;;;;; 27023))
14141 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14143 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14144 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14145 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14147 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14151 ;;;***
14153 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16211
14154 ;;;;;; 27039))
14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14157 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14158 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14159 \\{m4-mode-map}
14161 \(fn)" t nil)
14163 ;;;***
14165 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14166 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16211 27017))
14167 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14169 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14170 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14171 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14172 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14173 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14175 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14177 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14178 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14179 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14180 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14182 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14183 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14184 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14185 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14186 bindings.
14188 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14189 use this command, and then save the file.
14191 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14193 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14194 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14195 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14196 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14197 each time the macro executes.
14198 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14199 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14200 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14201 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14202 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14203 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14204 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14206 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14208 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14209 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14210 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14212 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14213 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14214 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14215 execute.
14217 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14218 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14220 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14221 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14222 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14223 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14224 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14226 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14227 looked like this:
14229 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14230 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14231 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14233 You could enter the names in this format:
14239 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14241 \\C-x (
14242 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14243 \\C-x )
14245 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14246 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14248 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14249 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14251 ;;;***
14253 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14254 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16281 48394))
14255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14257 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14258 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14259 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14260 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14261 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14263 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14264 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14265 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14266 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14267 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14269 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14270 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14271 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14272 consing a string.)
14274 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14276 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14277 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14279 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14281 ;;;***
14283 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14284 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14285 ;;;;;; (16211 27033))
14286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14288 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14289 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14291 \(fn)" nil nil)
14293 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14294 Not documented
14296 \(fn)" nil nil)
14298 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14299 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14301 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14303 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14304 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14305 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14306 message.
14308 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14310 \(fn)" nil nil)
14312 ;;;***
14314 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14315 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14316 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16211
14317 ;;;;;; 27033))
14318 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14320 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14321 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14322 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14323 often correct parser.")
14325 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14327 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14328 Not documented
14330 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14332 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14333 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14334 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14335 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14337 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14339 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14340 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14341 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14342 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14344 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14346 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14347 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14348 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14349 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14351 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14353 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14354 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14355 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14356 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14357 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14358 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14360 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14362 ;;;***
14364 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14365 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16249 31429))
14366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14368 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14369 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14371 \(fn)" nil nil)
14373 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14374 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14375 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14377 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14379 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14380 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14381 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14383 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14385 ;;;***
14387 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14388 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16211
14389 ;;;;;; 27034))
14390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14392 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14393 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14394 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14395 king@grassland.com
14396 If `parens', they look like:
14397 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14398 If `angles', they look like:
14399 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14401 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14403 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14404 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14405 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14406 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14407 their `Resent-' variants.
14409 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14410 removed from alias expansions.
14412 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14414 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14415 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14416 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14418 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14419 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14420 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14421 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14423 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14425 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14426 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14427 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14428 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14430 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14432 ;;;***
14434 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14435 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
14436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14438 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14439 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14440 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14442 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14444 In the browser, use the following keys:
14446 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14448 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14450 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14451 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14453 `makefile-target-colon':
14454 The string that gets appended to all target names
14455 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14456 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14458 `makefile-macro-assign':
14459 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14460 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14461 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14462 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14463 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14464 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14466 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14467 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14468 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14470 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14471 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14473 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14474 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14475 up or down in the browser.
14477 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14478 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14480 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14481 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14483 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14484 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14485 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14486 has been selected in the browser.
14488 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14489 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14490 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14491 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14492 filenames are omitted.
14494 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14495 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14496 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14497 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14498 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14499 the backslash itself intact.
14500 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14501 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14503 `makefile-browser-hook':
14504 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14505 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14507 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14508 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14509 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14510 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14512 \(fn)" t nil)
14514 ;;;***
14516 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16211
14517 ;;;;;; 27017))
14518 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14520 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14521 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14522 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14524 \(fn)" t nil)
14526 ;;;***
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16246 39964))
14529 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14531 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14533 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14534 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14535 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14536 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14537 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14538 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14539 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14541 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14542 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14543 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14544 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14546 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14548 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14549 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14551 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14553 ;;;***
14555 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16211 27017))
14556 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14558 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14559 Toggle Master mode.
14560 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14561 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14562 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14564 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14565 following commands:
14567 \\{master-mode-map}
14569 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14570 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14571 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14575 ;;;***
14577 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16211
14578 ;;;;;; 37994))
14579 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14581 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14583 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14584 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14585 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14587 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14589 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14591 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14592 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14593 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14594 created in the future.
14595 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14596 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14600 ;;;***
14602 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14603 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14604 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14605 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14606 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14607 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14608 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14609 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14610 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14611 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16211 27028))
14612 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14614 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14615 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14617 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14618 king@grassland.com
14619 If `parens', they look like:
14620 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14621 If `angles', they look like:
14622 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14624 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14625 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14627 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14629 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14630 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14632 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14634 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14635 *Local news organization file.")
14637 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14639 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14640 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14641 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14642 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14644 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14645 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14646 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14648 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14650 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14652 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14653 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14655 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14657 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14658 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14660 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14662 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14663 *Function for citing an original message.
14664 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14665 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14666 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14668 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14670 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14671 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14672 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14673 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14674 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14676 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14678 (defvar message-signature t "\
14679 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14680 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14681 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14682 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14684 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14686 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14687 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14688 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14689 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14691 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14693 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14695 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14696 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14697 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14698 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14699 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14700 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14701 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14702 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14703 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14704 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14705 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14706 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14707 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14708 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14709 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14710 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14711 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14712 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14713 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14714 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14715 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14716 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14717 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14718 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14719 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14721 \(fn)" t nil)
14723 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14724 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14725 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14727 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14729 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14730 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14732 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14734 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14735 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14737 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14739 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14740 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14742 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14744 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14745 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14746 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14748 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14750 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14751 Cancel an article you posted.
14752 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14756 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14757 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14758 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14759 header line with the old Message-ID.
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14763 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14764 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14766 \(fn)" t nil)
14768 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14769 Forward the current message via mail.
14770 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14771 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14773 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14775 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14776 Not documented
14778 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14780 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14781 Not documented
14783 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14785 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14786 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14788 \(fn)" t nil)
14790 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14791 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14793 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14795 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14796 Re-mail the current message.
14797 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14798 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14799 you.
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14803 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14804 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14806 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14808 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14809 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14811 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14813 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14814 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14816 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14818 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14819 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14821 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14823 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14824 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14825 Works by overstriking characters.
14826 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14827 which specify the range to operate on.
14829 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14831 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14832 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14833 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14834 which specify the range to operate on.
14836 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14838 ;;;***
14840 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14841 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
14842 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14844 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14845 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14846 Special commands:
14847 \\{meta-mode-map}
14849 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14850 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14852 \(fn)" t nil)
14854 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14855 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14856 Special commands:
14857 \\{meta-mode-map}
14859 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14860 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14862 \(fn)" t nil)
14864 ;;;***
14866 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14867 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14868 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
14869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14871 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14872 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14873 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14875 \(fn)" t nil)
14877 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14878 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14879 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14880 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14881 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14882 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14883 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14885 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14887 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14888 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14889 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14890 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14891 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14892 means current).
14893 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14894 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14896 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14898 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14899 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14900 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14901 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14902 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14903 means current).
14904 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14905 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14907 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14909 ;;;***
14911 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14912 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16211
14913 ;;;;;; 27036))
14914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14916 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14917 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14918 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14919 to the MH mail system.
14921 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14923 \(fn)" t nil)
14925 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14926 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14927 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14928 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14929 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14930 that want to create a mail buffer.
14931 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14932 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14933 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14935 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14937 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14938 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14939 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14941 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14942 initial Subject field, respectively.
14944 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14945 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14946 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14948 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14950 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14952 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14953 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14954 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14955 to the MH mail system.
14957 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14959 \(fn)" t nil)
14961 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14962 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14964 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14965 using the MH mail handling system.
14967 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14968 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14969 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14970 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14971 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14972 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14973 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14975 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14976 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14978 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14979 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14981 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14983 \(fn)" t nil)
14984 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14986 ;;;***
14988 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14989 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
14990 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14992 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14993 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14994 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14995 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14999 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
15000 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
15001 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
15002 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
15004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15006 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
15007 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
15009 \(fn)" t nil)
15011 ;;;***
15013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16211 27037))
15014 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
15016 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15018 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15020 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15022 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15024 ;;;***
15026 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
15027 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16211 27017))
15028 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
15030 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
15031 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
15032 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
15033 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
15034 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
15035 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
15036 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
15037 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
15038 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
15039 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
15040 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
15042 \(fn)" t nil)
15044 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
15045 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
15046 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
15047 to its second argument TM.
15049 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
15051 ;;;***
15053 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
15054 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16211 27017))
15055 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
15057 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
15058 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
15059 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15061 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
15063 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
15065 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
15066 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
15067 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
15068 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
15069 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
15070 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
15071 default indication.
15073 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15074 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15078 ;;;***
15080 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
15081 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
15084 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
15085 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
15086 \\{mixal-mode-map}
15088 \(fn)" t nil)
15090 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
15092 ;;;***
15094 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
15095 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
15096 ;;;;;; (16232 560))
15097 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
15099 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
15100 Not documented
15102 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15104 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
15105 Not documented
15107 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15109 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15110 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
15111 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
15112 PATTERN regexp.
15114 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15116 ;;;***
15118 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15119 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15122 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15123 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15124 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15125 the entire message.
15126 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15128 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15130 ;;;***
15132 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15133 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15136 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15137 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15139 \(fn)" nil nil)
15141 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15142 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15144 \(fn)" nil nil)
15146 ;;;***
15148 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15149 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15152 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15153 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15154 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15155 followed by the first character of the construct.
15156 \\<m2-mode-map>
15157 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15158 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15159 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15160 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15161 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15162 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15163 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15164 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15165 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15166 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15167 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15168 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15169 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15170 \\[m2-link] link
15172 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15173 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15174 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15176 \(fn)" t nil)
15178 ;;;***
15180 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15181 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
15182 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15184 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15185 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15187 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15189 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15190 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15192 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15194 ;;;***
15196 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16211
15197 ;;;;;; 27017))
15198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15200 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15201 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15202 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15204 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15206 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15208 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15209 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15210 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15211 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15213 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15215 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15217 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15219 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15220 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15221 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15222 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15223 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15224 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15226 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15227 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15228 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15229 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15230 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15232 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15233 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15235 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15236 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15238 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15240 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15241 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15242 primary selection and region.
15244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15246 ;;;***
15248 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16211 27038))
15249 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15251 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15252 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15254 \(fn)" t nil)
15256 ;;;***
15258 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16211 27017))
15259 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15261 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15262 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15263 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15265 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15267 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15269 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15270 Toggle Msb mode.
15271 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15272 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15273 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15277 ;;;***
15279 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15280 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15281 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15282 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15283 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15284 ;;;;;; (16259 31301))
15285 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15287 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
15288 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
15289 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
15290 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
15291 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
15292 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
15293 set of ISO charsets.
15295 Each element has the following format:
15296 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
15298 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
15300 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
15301 CHARSET are mapped.
15303 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
15304 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
15305 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
15306 character code in CHARSET.
15308 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
15309 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
15310 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
15312 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
15313 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
15314 TO2, or...
15315 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
15316 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
15318 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15319 Display a list of all character sets.
15321 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15322 internal Emacs use.
15324 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15325 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15326 hexadecimal digits.
15327 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15328 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15330 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15331 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15332 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15333 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15335 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15336 but still shows the full information.
15338 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15340 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15341 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15342 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15343 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15344 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15346 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15347 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15348 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15349 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15350 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15352 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15354 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15355 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15356 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15357 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15358 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15360 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15362 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15363 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15365 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15367 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15368 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15370 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15372 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15373 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15375 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15376 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15377 in place of `..':
15378 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15379 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15380 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15381 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15382 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15383 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15384 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15385 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15386 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15387 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15388 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15389 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15390 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15391 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15392 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15393 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15395 \(fn)" t nil)
15397 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15398 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15400 \(fn)" t nil)
15402 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15403 Display a list of all coding systems.
15404 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15406 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15407 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15411 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15412 Display a list of all coding categories.
15414 \(fn)" nil nil)
15416 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15417 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15419 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15421 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15422 Display information about FONTSET.
15423 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15425 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15427 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15428 Display a list of all fontsets.
15429 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15430 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15431 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15433 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15435 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15436 Display information about all input methods.
15438 \(fn)" t nil)
15440 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15441 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15443 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15444 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15445 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15446 system which uses fontsets).
15448 \(fn)" t nil)
15450 ;;;***
15452 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
15453 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15454 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15455 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15456 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15457 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16211 37839))
15458 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15460 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15461 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15462 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15464 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15466 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15468 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15469 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15471 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15472 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15474 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15475 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15477 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15479 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15480 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15481 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15482 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15483 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15484 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15485 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15487 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15488 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15489 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15490 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15491 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15492 middle of a character in STR.
15494 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15495 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15497 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15498 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15499 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15500 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15501 defaults to \"...\".
15503 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15505 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15507 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15509 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15510 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15512 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15513 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15514 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15516 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15517 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15518 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15520 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15521 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15522 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15523 is considered.
15524 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15525 longer than KEYSEQ.
15526 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15528 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15530 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15531 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15532 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15533 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15534 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15535 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15536 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15537 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15538 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15539 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15540 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15542 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15544 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15545 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15547 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15549 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15550 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15552 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15554 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15555 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15557 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15559 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15560 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15562 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15564 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15565 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15566 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15567 or one is an alias of the other.
15569 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15571 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15572 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15573 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15574 coding systems ordered by priority.
15576 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15578 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15579 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15580 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15581 language environment LANG-ENV.
15583 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15585 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
15586 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
15587 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
15588 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
15589 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
15590 basis, this may not be accurate.
15592 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15594 ;;;***
15596 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15597 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
15598 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15600 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15601 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15602 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15603 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15604 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15606 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15608 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15609 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15610 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15611 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15615 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15616 Enable mouse wheel support.
15618 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15620 ;;;***
15622 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15623 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15624 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15625 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16211 27037))
15626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15628 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15629 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15631 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15633 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15634 Ping HOST.
15635 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15636 `ping-program-options'.
15638 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15640 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15641 Run ipconfig program.
15643 \(fn)" t nil)
15645 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15647 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15648 Run netstat program.
15650 \(fn)" t nil)
15652 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15653 Run the arp program.
15655 \(fn)" t nil)
15657 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15658 Run the route program.
15660 \(fn)" t nil)
15662 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15663 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15665 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15667 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15668 Run nslookup program.
15670 \(fn)" t nil)
15672 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15673 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15675 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15677 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15678 Run dig program.
15680 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15682 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15683 Run ftp program.
15685 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15687 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15688 Finger USER on HOST.
15690 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15692 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15693 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15694 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15695 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15697 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15699 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15700 Not documented
15702 \(fn)" t nil)
15704 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15705 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15707 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15709 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15710 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15712 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15714 ;;;***
15716 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15717 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15718 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15719 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15720 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16281 48394))
15721 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15723 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15725 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15727 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15729 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15731 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15732 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15733 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15734 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15735 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15736 Major modes should set this variable.")
15738 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15739 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15740 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15741 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15742 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15743 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15745 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15747 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15748 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15750 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15751 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15752 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15753 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15755 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15756 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15758 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15759 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15760 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15762 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15763 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15764 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15765 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15766 column indentation or nil.
15767 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15769 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15770 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15771 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15773 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15775 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15776 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15777 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15778 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15780 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15781 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15783 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15785 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15786 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15787 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15789 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15791 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15792 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15793 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15794 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15795 the variables are properly set.
15797 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15799 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15800 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15802 \(fn)" nil nil)
15804 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15805 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15806 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15808 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15810 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15811 Set the comment column based on point.
15812 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15813 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15814 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15815 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15817 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15819 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15820 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15821 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15825 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15826 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15827 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15828 comment markers.
15830 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15832 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15833 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15834 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15835 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15836 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15837 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15838 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15839 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15841 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15842 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15844 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15846 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15847 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15848 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15849 is passed on to the respective function.
15851 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15853 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15854 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15855 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15856 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15857 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15858 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15859 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15860 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15862 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15864 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15865 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15866 This indents the body of the continued comment
15867 under the previous comment line.
15869 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15870 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15871 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15873 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15874 or comment indentation.
15876 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15877 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15879 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15881 ;;;***
15883 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16211
15884 ;;;;;; 27028))
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15887 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15888 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15889 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15890 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15891 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15892 symbol in the alist.
15894 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15896 ;;;***
15898 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15899 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15902 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15903 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15904 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15906 \(fn)" t nil)
15908 ;;;***
15910 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15911 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15914 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15915 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15916 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15918 \(fn)" t nil)
15920 ;;;***
15922 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15923 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15926 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15927 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15929 \(fn)" t nil)
15931 ;;;***
15933 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15934 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16211 27029))
15935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15937 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15938 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15940 \(fn)" t nil)
15942 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15943 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15945 \(fn)" t nil)
15947 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15948 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15950 \(fn)" t nil)
15952 ;;;***
15954 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15955 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16211 27017))
15956 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15958 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15959 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15960 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15962 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15963 Not documented
15965 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15967 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15968 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15969 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15970 to future sessions.
15972 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15974 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15975 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15976 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15977 to future sessions.
15979 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15981 ;;;***
15983 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15984 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
15985 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15987 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15988 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15989 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15990 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15991 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15992 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15994 \(fn)" t nil)
15996 ;;;***
15998 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15999 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
16000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
16002 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
16003 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
16004 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
16005 specified by `octave-help-files'.
16006 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
16008 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
16010 ;;;***
16012 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
16013 ;;;;;; (16288 23099))
16014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
16016 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
16017 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
16018 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
16020 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
16022 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
16023 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
16025 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
16026 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
16027 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
16029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16031 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
16033 ;;;***
16035 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
16036 ;;;;;; (16281 48394))
16037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
16039 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
16040 Major mode for editing Octave code.
16042 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
16043 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
16044 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
16045 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
16047 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
16048 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
16049 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
16050 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
16051 is why you need this mode!).
16053 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
16054 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
16055 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
16057 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
16059 Keybindings
16060 ===========
16062 \\{octave-mode-map}
16064 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
16065 ==============================================
16067 octave-auto-indent
16068 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
16069 Default is nil.
16071 octave-auto-newline
16072 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
16073 Default is nil.
16075 octave-blink-matching-block
16076 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
16077 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
16079 octave-block-offset
16080 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
16081 Default is 2.
16083 octave-continuation-offset
16084 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
16085 Default is 4.
16087 octave-continuation-string
16088 String used for Octave continuation lines.
16089 Default is a backslash.
16091 octave-mode-startup-message
16092 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
16093 Default is t.
16095 octave-send-echo-input
16096 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
16097 command to the inferior Octave process.
16099 octave-send-line-auto-forward
16100 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
16101 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
16103 octave-send-echo-input
16104 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
16106 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
16108 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
16109 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
16111 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
16112 (setq auto-mode-alist
16113 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16115 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
16116 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
16118 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
16119 (lambda ()
16120 (abbrev-mode 1)
16121 (auto-fill-mode 1)
16122 (if (eq window-system 'x)
16123 (font-lock-mode 1))))
16125 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
16126 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
16127 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
16128 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
16130 \(fn)" t nil)
16132 ;;;***
16134 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
16135 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
16136 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
16138 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
16139 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
16140 It is now better to use Customize instead.
16142 \(fn)" t nil)
16144 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16145 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16146 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16147 in which there are commands to set the option values.
16148 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16150 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16152 \(fn)" t nil)
16154 ;;;***
16156 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16157 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
16158 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16160 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16161 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16162 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16163 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16165 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16166 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16167 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16168 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16170 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16171 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16172 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16173 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16174 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16175 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16177 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16178 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16179 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16181 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16182 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16183 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16184 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16185 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16186 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16187 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16188 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16189 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
16190 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16191 The subheadings remain visible.
16192 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16194 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16195 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16196 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16198 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16199 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16201 \(fn)" t nil)
16203 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16204 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16205 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16206 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16210 ;;;***
16212 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16211 27017))
16213 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16215 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16216 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16217 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16219 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16221 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16223 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16224 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16225 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16226 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16228 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16229 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16233 ;;;***
16235 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
16236 ;;;;;; (16243 59668))
16237 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
16239 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
16240 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
16241 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
16242 unknown are returned as nil.
16244 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16246 ;;;***
16248 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16211
16249 ;;;;;; 27039))
16250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16252 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16253 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16254 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16256 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16257 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16259 Other useful functions are:
16261 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16262 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16263 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16264 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16265 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16266 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16267 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16268 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16269 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16271 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16273 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16274 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16275 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16276 Indentation for case statements.
16277 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16278 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16279 mark after an end.
16280 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16281 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16282 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16283 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16284 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16285 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16286 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16287 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16288 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16289 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16291 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16292 pascal-separator-keywords.
16294 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16295 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16297 \(fn)" t nil)
16299 ;;;***
16301 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16302 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
16303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16305 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16306 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16307 The keys affected are:
16308 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16309 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16310 M-Backspace does undo.
16311 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16312 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16313 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16315 \(fn)" t nil)
16317 ;;;***
16319 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16320 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16211 27026))
16321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16323 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16324 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16325 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16326 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16327 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16329 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16331 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16332 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16334 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16336 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16337 which modify the status of the mark.
16339 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16340 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16342 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16343 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16345 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16346 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16347 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16348 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16349 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16351 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16352 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16354 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16355 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16356 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16358 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16359 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16360 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16362 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16363 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16365 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16366 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16367 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16369 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16370 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16371 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16373 F6 other-window
16374 DELETE delete-char
16375 C-DELETE kill-line
16376 M-DELETE kill-word
16377 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16378 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16379 M-BACKSPACE undo
16381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16383 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16384 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16385 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16386 and cursor movement commands.
16387 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16388 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16390 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16392 ;;;***
16394 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16211
16395 ;;;;;; 27017))
16396 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16398 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16399 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16401 \(fn)" nil nil)
16403 ;;;***
16405 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16406 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16211 27017))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16409 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16410 Completion for `gzip'.
16412 \(fn)" nil nil)
16414 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16415 Completion for `bzip2'.
16417 \(fn)" nil nil)
16419 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16420 Completion for GNU `make'.
16422 \(fn)" nil nil)
16424 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16425 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16427 \(fn)" nil nil)
16429 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16431 ;;;***
16433 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16434 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16211 27017))
16435 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16437 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16438 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16440 \(fn)" nil nil)
16442 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16443 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16445 \(fn)" nil nil)
16447 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16448 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16450 \(fn)" nil nil)
16452 ;;;***
16454 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16211
16455 ;;;;;; 27017))
16456 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16458 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16459 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16460 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16461 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16462 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16463 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16465 \(fn)" nil nil)
16467 ;;;***
16469 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16470 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16471 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16211 27017))
16472 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16474 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16475 Completion for `cd'.
16477 \(fn)" nil nil)
16479 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16481 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16482 Completion for `rmdir'.
16484 \(fn)" nil nil)
16486 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16487 Completion for `rm'.
16489 \(fn)" nil nil)
16491 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16492 Completion for `xargs'.
16494 \(fn)" nil nil)
16496 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16498 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16499 Completion for `which'.
16501 \(fn)" nil nil)
16503 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16504 Completion for the `chown' command.
16506 \(fn)" nil nil)
16508 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16509 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16511 \(fn)" nil nil)
16513 ;;;***
16515 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16516 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16517 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16211
16518 ;;;;;; 27017))
16519 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16521 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16522 Support extensible programmable completion.
16523 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16524 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16526 \(fn)" t nil)
16528 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16529 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16531 \(fn)" t nil)
16533 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16534 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16535 This will modify the current buffer.
16537 \(fn)" t nil)
16539 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16540 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16542 \(fn)" t nil)
16544 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16545 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16546 This will modify the current buffer.
16548 \(fn)" t nil)
16550 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16551 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16553 \(fn)" t nil)
16555 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16556 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16558 \(fn)" t nil)
16560 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16561 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16562 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16563 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16564 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16566 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16568 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16569 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16571 \(fn)" nil nil)
16573 ;;;***
16575 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16576 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16577 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16248 17500))
16578 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16580 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16581 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16582 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16583 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16585 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16587 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16589 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16590 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16591 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16592 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16593 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16594 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16595 FLAGS is ignored.
16597 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16599 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16600 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16601 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16602 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16603 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16604 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16605 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16606 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16608 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16610 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16611 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16612 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16613 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16614 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16615 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16616 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16617 passed to cvs.
16619 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16621 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16622 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16623 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16624 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16625 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16626 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16627 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16629 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16631 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16633 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16634 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16635 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16637 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16639 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16640 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16641 nil means never do it.
16642 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16643 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16644 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16646 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16648 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16649 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16650 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16652 ;;;***
16654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16211 27018))
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16657 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16659 ;;;***
16661 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16662 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
16663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16665 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16666 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16667 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16668 Tab indents for Perl code.
16669 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16670 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16671 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16672 \\{perl-mode-map}
16673 Variables controlling indentation style:
16674 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16675 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16676 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16677 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16678 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16679 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16680 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16681 `perl-nochange'
16682 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16683 `perl-indent-level'
16684 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16685 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16686 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16687 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16688 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16689 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16690 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16691 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16692 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16693 `perl-brace-offset'
16694 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16695 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16696 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16697 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16698 `perl-label-offset'
16699 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16700 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16701 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16703 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16704 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16705 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16706 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16707 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16708 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16709 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16711 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16713 \(fn)" t nil)
16715 ;;;***
16717 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16718 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
16719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16721 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16722 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16723 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16724 afterwards settable by these commands:
16725 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16726 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16727 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16728 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16729 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16730 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16731 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16732 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16733 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16734 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16735 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16736 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16737 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16738 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16739 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16740 with these commands:
16741 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16742 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16743 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16744 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16745 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16746 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16747 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16748 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16749 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16750 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16751 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16752 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16753 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16754 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16755 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16756 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16757 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16758 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16759 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16760 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16761 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16762 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16763 text is saved in the kill ring.
16764 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16765 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16766 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16767 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16768 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16769 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16770 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16771 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16772 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16773 commands if invoked soon enough.
16774 You can return to the previous mode with:
16775 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16776 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16778 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16780 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16781 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16783 \(fn)" t nil)
16785 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16787 ;;;***
16789 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16790 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
16791 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16793 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16794 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16795 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16797 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16799 ;;;***
16801 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16211 27038))
16802 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16804 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16805 Play pong and waste time.
16806 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16807 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16809 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16811 \\{pong-mode-map}
16813 \(fn)" t nil)
16815 ;;;***
16817 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16818 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16211 27026))
16819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16821 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16822 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16823 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16824 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16826 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16828 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16829 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16830 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16831 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16832 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16834 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16836 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16837 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16838 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16839 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16840 in the variable `values'.
16842 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16844 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16845 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16846 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16847 Ignores leading comment characters.
16849 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16851 ;;;***
16853 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16854 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16855 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16856 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16857 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16858 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16859 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16860 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16861 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16862 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16863 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16864 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16865 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16866 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16867 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16868 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16869 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16870 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16871 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
16872 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16874 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16875 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16877 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16879 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16881 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16883 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16884 Preview directory using ghostview.
16886 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16887 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16888 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16889 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16891 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16892 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16893 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16894 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16895 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16896 file name.
16898 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16900 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16902 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16903 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16905 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16906 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16907 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16908 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16910 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16911 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16912 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16913 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16914 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16915 file name.
16917 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16919 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16921 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16922 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16924 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16925 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16926 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16927 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16929 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16930 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16931 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16932 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16933 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16934 file name.
16936 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16938 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16940 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16941 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16943 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16945 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16946 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16947 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16948 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16950 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16951 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16952 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16953 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16954 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16955 file name.
16957 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16959 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16961 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16962 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16964 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16965 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16966 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16968 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16969 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16970 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16971 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16973 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16975 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16976 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16978 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16979 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16980 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16982 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16983 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16984 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16985 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16987 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16989 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16990 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16992 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16993 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16994 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16996 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16997 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16998 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16999 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
17001 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17003 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
17004 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
17006 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
17008 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
17009 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
17010 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17012 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17013 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
17014 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
17015 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
17017 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17019 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
17020 Preview region using ghostview.
17022 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
17024 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17026 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17027 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
17029 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
17031 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17033 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
17034 Print region using PostScript printer.
17036 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
17038 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17040 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
17041 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
17043 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
17045 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17047 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
17048 Preview major mode using ghostview.
17050 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
17052 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17054 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17055 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
17057 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
17059 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17061 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
17062 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
17064 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
17066 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17068 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
17069 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
17071 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
17073 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17075 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
17076 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
17077 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17078 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17080 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17081 matching.
17083 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17084 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17086 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17088 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17090 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
17091 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
17092 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17093 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17095 \(fn)" t nil)
17097 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
17098 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
17099 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17100 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17102 \(fn)" t nil)
17104 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
17105 Print directory using text printer.
17107 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17108 matching.
17110 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17111 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17113 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17115 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17117 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
17118 Print buffer using text printer.
17120 \(fn)" t nil)
17122 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
17123 Print region using text printer.
17125 \(fn)" t nil)
17127 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
17128 Print major mode using text printer.
17130 \(fn)" t nil)
17132 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
17133 Preview spooled PostScript.
17135 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17136 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17137 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17139 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17140 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17141 PostScript image in a file with that name.
17143 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17145 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17146 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
17148 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17149 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17150 instead of sending it to the printer.
17152 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17153 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17154 image in a file with that name.
17156 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17158 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17159 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17161 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17162 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17163 instead of sending it to the printer.
17165 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17166 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17167 image in a file with that name.
17169 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17171 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17172 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17174 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17175 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17176 instead of sending it to the printer.
17178 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17179 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17180 image in a file with that name.
17182 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17184 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17185 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17187 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17189 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17190 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17192 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17194 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17195 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17197 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17199 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17200 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17202 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17204 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17205 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17207 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17209 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17210 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17212 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17213 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17214 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17215 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17217 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17218 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17219 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17220 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17221 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17222 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17223 file name.
17225 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17227 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17228 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17230 \(fn)" t nil)
17232 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17233 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17235 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17236 right.
17237 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17238 bottom.
17240 \(fn)" t nil)
17242 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17243 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17245 \(fn)" t nil)
17247 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17248 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17250 \(fn)" t nil)
17252 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17253 Toggle printing with faces.
17255 \(fn)" t nil)
17257 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17258 Toggle spooling.
17260 \(fn)" t nil)
17262 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17263 Toggle duplex.
17265 \(fn)" t nil)
17267 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17268 Toggle tumble.
17270 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17271 right.
17272 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17273 bottom.
17275 \(fn)" t nil)
17277 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17278 Toggle landscape.
17280 \(fn)" t nil)
17282 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17283 Toggle upside-down.
17285 \(fn)" t nil)
17287 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17288 Toggle line number.
17290 \(fn)" t nil)
17292 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17293 Toggle zebra stripes.
17295 \(fn)" t nil)
17297 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17298 Toggle printing header.
17300 \(fn)" t nil)
17302 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17303 Toggle printing header frame.
17305 \(fn)" t nil)
17307 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17308 Toggle menu lock.
17310 \(fn)" t nil)
17312 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17313 Toggle auto region.
17315 \(fn)" t nil)
17317 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17318 Toggle auto mode.
17320 \(fn)" t nil)
17322 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17323 Customization of `printing' group.
17325 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17327 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17328 Customization of `lpr' group.
17330 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17332 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17333 Help for printing package.
17335 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17337 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17338 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17340 \(fn)" t nil)
17342 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17343 Select interactively a text printer.
17345 \(fn)" t nil)
17347 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17348 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17350 \(fn)" t nil)
17352 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17353 Show current ps-print settings.
17355 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17357 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17358 Show current printing settings.
17360 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17362 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17363 Show current lpr settings.
17365 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17367 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17368 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17370 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17371 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17372 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17373 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17376 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17378 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17379 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17380 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17382 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17383 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17384 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17385 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17386 current active printer.
17388 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17389 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17390 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17391 printer.
17393 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17394 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17395 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17396 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17397 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17400 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17401 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17403 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17405 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17406 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17407 be done using the new current active printer.
17409 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17410 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17411 printer.
17413 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17414 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17415 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17416 instead of sending it to the printer.
17418 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17419 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17420 printer.
17422 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17425 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17426 are both set to t.
17428 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17430 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17431 Fast fire function for text printing.
17433 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17434 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17435 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17436 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17438 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17439 user for a new active text printer.
17441 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17443 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17445 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17446 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17447 printer.
17449 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17451 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17452 are both set to t.
17454 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17456 ;;;***
17458 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17459 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
17460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17462 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17463 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17464 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17465 Commands:
17466 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17467 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17468 if that value is non-nil.
17470 \(fn)" t nil)
17472 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17473 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17475 \(fn)" t nil)
17477 ;;;***
17479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16211 27018))
17480 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17482 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17483 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17484 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17486 ;;;***
17488 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16211
17489 ;;;;;; 27039))
17490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17492 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17493 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17495 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17497 The following variables hold user options, and can
17498 be set through the `customize' command:
17500 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17501 `ps-mode-tab'
17502 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17503 `ps-mode-print-function'
17504 `ps-run-prompt'
17505 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17506 `ps-run-x'
17507 `ps-run-dumb'
17508 `ps-run-init'
17509 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17510 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17512 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17515 \\{ps-mode-map}
17518 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17519 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17520 The keymap for this second window is:
17522 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17525 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17526 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17527 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17528 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17529 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17531 \(fn)" t nil)
17533 ;;;***
17535 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17536 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17537 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17538 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16211 27018))
17539 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17541 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17542 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17544 Valid values are:
17546 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17547 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17548 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17549 changed by setting the variable
17550 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17551 The initial value of this variable is
17552 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17553 documentation).
17555 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17556 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17557 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17558 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17559 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17560 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17561 test it.
17563 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17564 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17565 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17566 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17567 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17568 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17569 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17570 use this value, be sure to have installed
17571 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17572 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17573 documentation of this variable).
17575 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17576 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17577 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17578 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17579 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17580 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17582 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17584 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17586 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17587 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17588 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17590 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17592 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17593 Not documented
17595 \(fn)" nil nil)
17597 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17598 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17600 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17602 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17604 Returns the value:
17606 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17608 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17609 the sequence.
17611 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17613 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17614 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17616 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17617 composition.
17619 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17621 Returns the value:
17623 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17625 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17626 the sequence.
17628 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17630 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17631 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17633 \(fn)" nil nil)
17635 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17636 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17637 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17639 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17641 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17642 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17644 \(fn)" nil nil)
17646 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17647 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17648 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17650 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17652 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17653 Not documented
17655 \(fn)" nil nil)
17657 ;;;***
17659 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17660 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17661 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17662 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17663 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17664 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16211
17665 ;;;;;; 27018))
17666 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17668 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17669 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17670 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17672 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17674 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17675 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17676 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17677 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17679 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17681 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17682 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17684 Valid values are:
17686 nil Do not print colors.
17688 t Print colors.
17690 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17691 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17693 Any other value is treated as t.")
17695 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17697 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17698 Customization of ps-print group.
17700 \(fn)" t nil)
17702 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17703 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17705 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17706 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17707 sending it to the printer.
17709 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17710 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17711 image in a file with that name.
17713 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17715 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17716 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17717 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17718 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17719 so it has a way to determine color values.
17721 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17723 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17724 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17725 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17727 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17729 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17730 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17731 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17732 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17733 so it has a way to determine color values.
17735 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17737 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17738 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17739 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17740 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17742 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17744 \(fn)" t nil)
17746 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17747 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17748 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17749 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17750 so it has a way to determine color values.
17752 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17754 \(fn)" t nil)
17756 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17757 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17758 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17760 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17764 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17765 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17766 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17767 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17768 so it has a way to determine color values.
17770 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17772 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17774 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17775 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17777 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17778 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17779 instead of sending it to the printer.
17781 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17782 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17783 image in a file with that name.
17785 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17787 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17788 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17789 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17790 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17791 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17793 \(fn)" t nil)
17795 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17796 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17797 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17799 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17801 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17802 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17803 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17805 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17807 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17808 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17810 \(fn)" nil nil)
17812 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17813 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17815 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17816 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17818 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17819 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17821 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17823 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17825 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17827 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17828 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17830 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17831 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17833 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17834 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17836 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17838 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17840 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17842 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17843 foreground and background colors respectively.
17845 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17846 bold - use bold font.
17847 italic - use italic font.
17848 underline - put a line under text.
17849 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17850 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17851 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17852 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17853 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17855 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17857 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17859 ;;;***
17861 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17862 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17863 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17864 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17865 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16303 32090))
17866 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17868 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17869 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17871 \(fn)" nil nil)
17873 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17874 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17875 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17877 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17878 `quail-activate', which see.
17880 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17882 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17883 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17884 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17885 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17886 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17887 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17888 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17890 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17891 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17892 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17893 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17894 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17895 shown.
17896 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17898 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17899 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17900 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17901 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17902 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17903 list of candidates.
17905 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17906 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17907 command to be called.
17909 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17910 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17911 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17912 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17914 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17915 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17916 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17917 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17918 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17919 to t.
17921 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17922 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17923 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17924 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17926 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17927 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17928 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17929 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17931 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17932 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17933 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17934 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17935 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17936 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17938 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17939 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17940 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17941 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17942 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17943 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17945 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17946 covers Quail translation region.
17948 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17949 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17950 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17951 for it) is inserted.
17953 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17954 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17955 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17957 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17958 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17959 non-Quail commands.
17961 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17963 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17964 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17966 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17967 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17968 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17969 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17970 you type is correctly handled.
17972 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17974 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17975 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17977 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17978 keyboard type.
17980 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17982 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17983 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17984 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17985 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17986 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17987 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17988 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17989 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17990 for the translation.
17991 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17993 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17994 it is used to handle KEY.
17996 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17997 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17998 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17999 the following annotation types are supported.
18001 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
18002 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
18004 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
18005 candidate list.
18007 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
18008 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
18009 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
18010 inserted.
18012 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
18013 generated for the following translations.
18015 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
18017 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
18018 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
18020 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
18021 which to install MAP.
18023 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
18025 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
18027 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
18028 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
18030 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
18031 which to install MAP.
18033 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
18035 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
18037 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
18038 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
18039 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
18040 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
18041 a function, or a cons.
18042 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
18043 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
18044 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
18045 for the translation.
18046 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
18047 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
18048 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
18049 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
18050 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
18052 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
18053 it is used to handle KEY.
18055 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
18056 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
18057 current Quail package.
18059 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
18060 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
18062 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
18064 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
18065 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
18067 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
18068 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
18070 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
18072 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
18073 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
18075 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
18077 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
18078 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
18079 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
18080 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
18081 of the Emacs source tree.
18083 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
18084 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
18086 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
18087 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
18088 of each directory.
18090 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
18092 ;;;***
18094 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
18095 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
18096 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16211
18097 ;;;;;; 27037))
18098 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
18100 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
18101 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
18102 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
18103 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
18105 To make use of this do something like:
18107 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
18109 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
18111 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
18112 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
18114 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
18115 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18116 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18118 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18120 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
18121 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
18123 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18125 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
18126 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
18128 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
18129 is decided.
18131 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
18133 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
18134 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
18136 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
18137 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18138 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18140 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18142 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
18143 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
18145 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18147 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
18148 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
18150 \(fn)" t nil)
18152 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
18153 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
18155 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18157 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18159 \(fn)" t nil)
18161 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18162 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18164 \(fn)" t nil)
18166 ;;;***
18168 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16211
18169 ;;;;;; 27037))
18170 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18172 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18173 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18174 See \\[compile].
18176 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18178 ;;;***
18180 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18181 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18182 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18184 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18185 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18187 \(fn)" t nil)
18189 ;;;***
18191 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16246 40636))
18192 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18194 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18195 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18196 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18198 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18200 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18202 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18203 Toggle recentf mode.
18204 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18205 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18207 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18208 that were operated on recently.
18210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18212 ;;;***
18214 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18215 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18216 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18217 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16211
18218 ;;;;;; 27018))
18219 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18221 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18222 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18223 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18224 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18226 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18228 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18230 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18231 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18232 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18233 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18234 ends.
18236 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18237 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18238 to be deleted.
18240 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18242 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18243 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18244 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18246 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18247 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18248 deleted.
18250 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18252 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18253 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18254 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18256 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18258 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18259 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18261 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18262 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18264 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18265 deleted.
18267 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18269 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18270 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18272 \(fn)" t nil)
18274 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18275 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18276 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18277 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18278 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18279 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18280 and point is at the lower right corner.
18282 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18284 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18285 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18287 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18288 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18290 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18291 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18292 on the right side of the rectangle.
18294 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18296 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18298 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18299 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18300 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18301 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18302 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18304 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18305 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18307 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18309 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18310 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18311 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18313 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18315 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18317 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18319 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18320 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18322 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18323 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18324 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18326 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18328 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18329 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18330 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18332 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18333 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18334 rectangle which were empty.
18336 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18338 ;;;***
18340 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16211
18341 ;;;;;; 27044))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18344 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18345 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18346 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18348 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18349 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18350 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18354 ;;;***
18356 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
18357 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16211 27044))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18360 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18361 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18363 \(fn)" nil nil)
18365 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18366 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18368 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18369 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18371 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18372 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18373 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18374 \\ref macro.
18376 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18377 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18378 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18380 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18381 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18382 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18384 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18385 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18387 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18388 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18390 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18391 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18392 on the menu bar.
18394 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18398 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
18399 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
18400 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
18402 \(fn)" nil nil)
18404 ;;;***
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18407 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18410 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18411 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18412 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18413 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18414 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18415 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18417 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18419 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18421 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18422 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18423 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18424 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18426 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18427 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18428 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18429 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18431 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18433 ;;;***
18435 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18436 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18437 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18439 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18440 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18441 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18443 To insert new phrases, use
18444 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18445 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18447 To index phrases use one of:
18449 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18450 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18451 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18452 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18453 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18455 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18456 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18458 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18460 Here are all local bindings.
18462 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18464 \(fn)" t nil)
18466 ;;;***
18468 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18469 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18470 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18472 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18473 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18474 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18475 of master file.
18477 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18479 ;;;***
18481 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18482 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18485 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18486 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18487 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18488 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18489 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18490 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18492 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18493 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18495 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18496 by \\=\\< and \\>.
18498 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18500 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18501 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18502 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18503 in REGEXP.
18505 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18507 ;;;***
18509 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16211 27018))
18510 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18512 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18513 Repeat most recently executed command.
18514 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18515 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18516 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18518 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18519 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18520 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18522 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18524 ;;;***
18526 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18527 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
18528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18530 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18531 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18533 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18534 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18535 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18536 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18537 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18538 and point is left after the salutation.
18540 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18541 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18542 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18543 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18544 left after that text.
18546 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18547 is non-nil.
18549 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18550 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18551 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18552 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18554 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18556 ;;;***
18558 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18559 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18560 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18562 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18563 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18564 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18565 visibility of comments that precede it.
18566 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18567 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18568 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18569 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18570 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18571 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18572 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18573 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18574 the comment lines.
18575 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18576 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18577 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18578 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18579 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18582 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18584 ;;;***
18586 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16211
18587 ;;;;;; 27018))
18588 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18590 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18591 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18593 \(fn)" nil nil)
18595 ;;;***
18597 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18598 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18601 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18602 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18603 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18605 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18606 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18607 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18611 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18612 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18613 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18615 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18617 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18619 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18620 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18621 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18623 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18624 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18625 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18629 ;;;***
18631 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18632 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18633 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18634 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18636 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18637 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18638 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18639 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18640 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18642 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18644 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18645 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18646 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18647 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18648 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18650 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18652 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18653 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18654 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18656 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18658 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18660 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18661 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18662 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18663 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18664 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18665 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18666 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18668 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18669 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18673 ;;;***
18675 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18676 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18679 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18680 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18682 \(fn X)" nil nil)
18684 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18685 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18687 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18689 ;;;***
18691 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16211 27037))
18692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18693 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18695 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18696 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18697 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18698 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18700 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18702 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18703 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18704 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18705 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18707 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18708 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18710 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18711 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18713 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18714 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18715 INPUT-ARGS.
18717 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18718 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18719 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18720 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18721 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18723 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18724 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18725 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18726 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18728 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18729 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18730 variable.
18732 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18734 ;;;***
18736 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18737 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18738 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18739 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18740 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18741 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18742 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16296 8718))
18743 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18745 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18746 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18747 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18748 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18750 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18752 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18753 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18754 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18755 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18756 value is the user's email address and name.)
18757 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18759 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18760 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18761 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18762 which normally happens once for each message,
18763 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18764 To make a change in this variable take effect
18765 for a message that you have already viewed,
18766 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18768 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18770 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18771 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18772 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18773 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18775 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18777 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18778 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18780 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18782 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18783 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18784 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18785 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18787 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18789 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18790 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18792 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18794 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18795 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18797 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18799 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18800 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18801 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18802 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18803 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18805 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18807 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18808 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18810 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18812 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18813 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18815 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18817 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18818 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18820 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18822 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18823 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18825 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18827 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18828 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18830 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18831 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18833 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18834 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18836 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18838 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18839 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18841 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18842 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18843 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18844 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18846 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18847 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18849 This is set to nil by default.")
18851 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18852 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18853 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18854 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18855 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18857 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18859 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18860 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18861 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18862 It is called with no argument.")
18864 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18865 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18866 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18867 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18868 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18869 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18870 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18872 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18873 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18874 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18875 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18876 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18877 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18879 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18880 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18881 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18882 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18883 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18885 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18886 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18887 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18888 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18889 MSG is the message number,
18890 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18891 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18893 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18894 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18895 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18896 this feature is required with `require'.")
18898 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18899 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18900 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18901 the message is decoded as normal way.
18903 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18904 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18905 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18907 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18908 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18909 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18911 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18912 Read and edit incoming mail.
18913 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18914 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18915 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18917 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18918 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18919 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18920 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18922 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18924 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18926 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18927 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18928 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18929 Instead, these commands are available:
18931 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18932 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18933 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18934 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18935 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18936 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18937 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18938 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18939 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18940 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18941 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18942 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18943 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18944 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18945 till a deleted message is found.
18946 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18947 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18948 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18949 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18950 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18951 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18952 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18953 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18954 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18955 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18956 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18957 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18958 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18959 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18960 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18961 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18962 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18963 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18964 (label defaults to last one specified).
18965 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18966 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18967 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18968 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18969 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18970 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18971 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18972 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18973 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18975 \(fn)" t nil)
18977 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18978 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18980 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18982 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18983 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18985 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18987 ;;;***
18989 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18990 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
18991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18993 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18994 Edit the contents of this message.
18996 \(fn)" t nil)
18998 ;;;***
19000 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
19001 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
19002 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16211 27034))
19003 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
19005 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19006 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
19007 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
19009 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
19011 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19012 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
19013 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
19015 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
19017 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19018 Not documented
19020 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
19022 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
19023 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
19024 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
19025 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
19026 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
19028 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
19030 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
19031 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
19032 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
19033 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
19034 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
19036 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
19038 ;;;***
19040 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
19041 ;;;;;; (16211 27035))
19042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
19044 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
19045 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
19046 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
19047 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
19049 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19051 ;;;***
19053 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
19054 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
19055 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16211 27035))
19056 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
19058 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
19059 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
19060 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
19061 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
19062 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
19063 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
19064 a file name as a string.")
19066 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
19068 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
19069 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
19070 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
19071 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
19072 buffer visiting that file.
19073 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
19074 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
19076 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
19077 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19079 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19080 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19082 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
19083 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
19085 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
19087 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
19088 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
19090 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
19092 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
19093 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
19094 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19095 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19096 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
19098 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
19099 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
19100 will be appended with their original headers.
19102 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
19103 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19105 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
19106 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
19108 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
19110 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
19112 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
19113 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
19114 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
19116 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19118 ;;;***
19120 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
19121 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
19122 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16211
19123 ;;;;;; 27036))
19124 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
19126 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
19127 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
19128 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19130 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19132 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
19133 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
19134 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19136 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19138 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
19139 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
19140 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19142 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19144 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
19145 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
19146 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19148 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19150 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
19151 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
19152 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19154 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19156 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
19157 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
19158 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19160 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19162 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
19163 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
19164 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19165 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
19167 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
19169 ;;;***
19171 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
19172 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
19173 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
19174 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
19175 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16292 22309))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19178 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19179 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19181 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19183 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19184 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19186 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19188 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19189 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19191 \(fn)" t nil)
19193 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19194 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19195 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19197 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19199 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19200 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19201 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19202 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19203 only look in the To and From fields.
19204 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19206 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19208 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19209 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19210 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19211 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19212 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19214 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19216 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19217 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19218 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19219 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19220 look in the whole message.
19221 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19223 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19225 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19226 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19227 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19229 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19231 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19232 *Function to decode summary-line.
19234 By default, `identity' is set.")
19236 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19238 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19239 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19240 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19241 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19242 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19243 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19244 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19246 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19247 sent by you under different user names.
19248 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19250 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19252 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19254 ;;;***
19256 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19257 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19260 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19261 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19262 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19263 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19265 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19267 ;;;***
19269 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19270 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16211 27018))
19271 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19273 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19274 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19276 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19278 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19279 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19281 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19283 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19284 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19286 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19288 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19289 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19290 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19292 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19293 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19294 in rot 13.
19296 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19298 \(fn)" t nil)
19300 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19301 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19303 \(fn)" t nil)
19305 ;;;***
19307 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19308 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19309 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19310 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19311 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
19312 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19314 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19315 *This variable is obsolete.")
19317 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19319 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19320 *This variable is obsolete.")
19322 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19324 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19325 *This variable is obsolete.")
19327 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19329 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19330 *This variable is obsolete.")
19332 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19334 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19335 *This variable is obsolete.")
19337 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19339 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19340 *This variable is obsolete.")
19342 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19344 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19345 This function is obsolete.
19347 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19349 ;;;***
19351 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16277
19352 ;;;;;; 42321))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19355 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19356 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19360 ;;;***
19362 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16292
19363 ;;;;;; 22309))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19366 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19367 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19368 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19369 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19371 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19373 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19374 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19375 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19377 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19378 notation.
19380 STRING
19381 matches string STRING literally.
19383 CHAR
19384 matches character CHAR literally.
19386 `not-newline'
19387 matches any character except a newline.
19389 `anything'
19390 matches any character
19392 `(any SET)'
19393 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19394 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19396 '(in SET)'
19397 like `any'.
19399 `(not (any SET))'
19400 matches any character not in SET
19402 `line-start'
19403 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19404 in the text being matched
19406 `line-end'
19407 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19409 `string-start'
19410 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19411 string being matched against.
19413 `string-end'
19414 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19415 string being matched against.
19417 `buffer-start'
19418 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19419 buffer being matched against.
19421 `buffer-end'
19422 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19423 buffer being matched against.
19425 `point'
19426 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19428 `word-start'
19429 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19430 word.
19432 `word-end'
19433 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19435 `word-boundary'
19436 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19437 word.
19439 `(not word-boundary)'
19440 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19441 word.
19443 `digit'
19444 matches 0 through 9.
19446 `control'
19447 matches ASCII control characters.
19449 `hex-digit'
19450 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19452 `blank'
19453 matches space and tab only.
19455 `graphic'
19456 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19457 space, and DEL.
19459 `printing'
19460 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19461 and DEL.
19463 `alphanumeric'
19464 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19465 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19467 `letter'
19468 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19469 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19471 `ascii'
19472 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19474 `nonascii'
19475 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19477 `lower'
19478 matches anything lower-case.
19480 `upper'
19481 matches anything upper-case.
19483 `punctuation'
19484 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19485 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19487 `space'
19488 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19490 `word'
19491 matches anything that has word syntax.
19493 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
19494 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19495 of the following symbols.
19497 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19498 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19499 `word' (\\sw)
19500 `symbol' (\\s_)
19501 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19502 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19503 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19504 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19505 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19506 `escape' (\\s\\)
19507 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19508 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19509 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19511 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19512 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19514 `(category CATEGORY)'
19515 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19516 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19518 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19519 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19520 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19521 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19522 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19523 `symbol' (\\c5)
19524 `digit' (\\c6)
19525 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19526 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19527 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19528 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19529 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19530 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19531 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19532 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19533 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19534 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19535 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19536 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19537 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19538 `ascii' (\\ca)
19539 `arabic' (\\cb)
19540 `chinese' (\\cc)
19541 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19542 `greek' (\\cg)
19543 `korean' (\\ch)
19544 `indian' (\\ci)
19545 `japanese' (\\cj)
19546 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19547 `latin' (\\cl)
19548 `lao' (\\co)
19549 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19550 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19551 `thai' (\\ct)
19552 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19553 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19554 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19555 `can-break' (\\c|)
19557 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19558 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19560 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19561 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19563 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19564 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19565 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19567 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19568 another name for `submatch'.
19570 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19571 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19572 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19573 regular expression.
19575 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19576 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19577 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19578 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19579 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19581 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19582 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19584 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19585 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19587 `(0+ SEXP)'
19588 like `zero-or-more'.
19590 `(* SEXP)'
19591 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19593 `(*? SEXP)'
19594 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19596 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19597 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19599 `(1+ SEXP)'
19600 like `one-or-more'.
19602 `(+ SEXP)'
19603 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19605 `(+? SEXP)'
19606 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19608 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19609 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19611 `(optional SEXP)'
19612 like `zero-or-one'.
19614 `(? SEXP)'
19615 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19617 `(?? SEXP)'
19618 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19620 `(repeat N SEXP)'
19621 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19623 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19624 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19626 `(eval FORM)'
19627 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19628 `regexp-quote' it.
19630 `(regexp REGEXP)'
19631 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19633 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19635 ;;;***
19637 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19638 ;;;;;; (16249 27909))
19639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19641 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19642 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19643 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19645 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19646 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19647 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19648 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19649 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19650 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19651 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19652 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19654 Commands:
19655 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19656 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19657 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19658 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19659 if that value is non-nil.
19661 \(fn)" t nil)
19663 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19664 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19665 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19667 Commands:
19668 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19669 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19670 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19671 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19672 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19673 that variable's value is a string.
19675 \(fn)" t nil)
19677 ;;;***
19679 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19680 ;;;;;; (16211 27031))
19681 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19683 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19684 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19685 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19687 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19689 \(fn)" t nil)
19691 ;;;***
19693 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16211
19694 ;;;;;; 27037))
19695 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19697 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19698 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19699 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19700 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19702 Interesting variables:
19704 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19705 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19707 `scribe-electric-quote'
19708 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19710 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19711 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19712 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19714 \(fn)" t nil)
19716 ;;;***
19718 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19719 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
19720 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19722 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19723 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19724 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19726 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19728 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19730 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19731 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19732 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19733 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19734 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19738 ;;;***
19740 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19741 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19742 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19743 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19744 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19745 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16249 31404))
19746 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19748 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19749 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19751 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19752 king@grassland.com
19753 If `parens', they look like:
19754 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19755 If `angles', they look like:
19756 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19757 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19758 derived from the envelope-from address.
19760 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19761 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19762 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19763 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19765 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19767 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19768 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19769 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19770 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19772 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19773 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
19774 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
19775 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
19777 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19779 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19780 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19781 This is done when the message is initialized,
19782 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19784 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19786 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19787 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19788 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19790 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19792 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19793 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19795 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19797 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19798 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19799 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19800 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19801 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19802 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19803 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19805 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19807 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19808 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19810 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19812 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19813 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19814 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19816 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19818 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19819 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19820 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19821 when you first send mail.")
19823 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19825 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19826 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19827 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19828 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19829 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19831 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19833 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19834 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19835 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19836 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19837 This file need not actually exist.")
19839 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19841 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19842 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19843 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19844 If a string, that string is inserted.
19845 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19846 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19847 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19848 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19850 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19852 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19853 *Directory for mail buffers.
19854 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19855 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19857 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19859 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19860 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19861 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19862 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19863 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19864 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19865 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19866 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19867 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19868 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19869 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19870 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19871 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19872 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19873 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19875 \(fn)" t nil)
19877 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19878 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19879 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19880 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19881 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19882 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19884 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19885 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19886 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19888 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19889 User should not set this variable manually,
19890 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19891 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19892 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19893 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19895 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19896 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19897 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19898 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19900 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19901 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19903 \\<mail-mode-map>
19904 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19906 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19907 to move to message header fields:
19908 \\{mail-mode-map}
19910 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19911 when the message is initialized.
19913 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19914 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19916 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19917 is inserted.
19919 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19920 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19922 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19923 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19925 The second through fifth arguments,
19926 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19927 the initial contents of those header fields.
19928 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19929 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19930 original message being replied to, or else an action
19931 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19932 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19933 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19934 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19935 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19936 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19938 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19940 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19941 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19943 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19945 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19946 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19948 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19950 ;;;***
19952 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19953 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
19954 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19956 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19957 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19958 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19959 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19960 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19961 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19963 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19965 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19967 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19968 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19969 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19971 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19973 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19975 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19976 Toggle Server mode.
19977 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19978 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19979 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19983 ;;;***
19985 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16211 27018))
19986 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19988 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19989 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19991 Key definitions:
19992 \\{ses-mode-map}
19993 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19994 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19995 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19996 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19998 \(fn)" t nil)
20000 ;;;***
20002 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
20003 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
20004 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
20006 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
20007 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
20008 Makes > match <.
20009 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
20010 `sgml-quick-keys'.
20012 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
20013 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
20014 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
20016 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
20017 your `.emacs' file.
20019 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
20021 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
20022 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
20023 \\{sgml-mode-map}
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20027 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
20029 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
20030 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
20031 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
20032 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
20033 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
20034 which this is based.
20036 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
20038 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
20039 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
20040 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
20041 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
20043 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
20044 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
20045 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
20047 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
20048 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
20049 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
20050 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
20052 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
20053 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
20054 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
20055 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
20057 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
20059 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
20060 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
20061 To work around that, do:
20062 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
20064 \\{html-mode-map}
20066 \(fn)" t nil)
20068 ;;;***
20070 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
20071 ;;;;;; (16256 53160))
20072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
20074 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
20075 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
20076 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
20077 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
20078 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
20079 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
20081 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
20082 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
20083 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
20084 shell-specific features.
20086 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
20087 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
20088 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
20090 \\[sh-case] case statement
20091 \\[sh-for] for loop
20092 \\[sh-function] function definition
20093 \\[sh-if] if statement
20094 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
20095 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
20096 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
20097 \\[sh-select] select loop
20098 \\[sh-until] until loop
20099 \\[sh-while] while loop
20101 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
20102 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
20103 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
20104 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
20105 would indent to the way it currently is.
20106 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
20107 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
20110 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
20111 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
20112 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
20113 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
20114 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
20115 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
20117 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
20118 {, (, [, ', \", `
20119 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
20121 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
20122 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
20123 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
20125 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
20126 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
20128 \(fn)" t nil)
20130 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
20132 ;;;***
20134 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
20135 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
20136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
20138 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
20139 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
20141 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
20142 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
20143 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
20144 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
20145 the earlier.
20147 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
20149 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
20151 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
20152 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
20153 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
20155 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
20156 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
20158 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
20159 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
20160 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
20161 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
20162 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
20163 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
20164 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
20165 emacs version).
20167 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
20168 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
20169 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
20170 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
20171 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
20173 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
20174 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
20175 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
20177 \(fn)" t nil)
20179 ;;;***
20181 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20182 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16211
20183 ;;;;;; 27018))
20184 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20186 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20187 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20188 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20189 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20190 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20191 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20192 in the cluster.
20194 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20196 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20197 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20198 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20199 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20200 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20202 \(fn)" t nil)
20204 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20205 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20206 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20207 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20208 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20209 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20210 `shadow-define-cluster').
20212 \(fn)" t nil)
20214 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20215 Set up file shadowing.
20217 \(fn)" t nil)
20219 ;;;***
20221 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20222 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
20223 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20225 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20226 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20227 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20228 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20229 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20230 arguments.")
20232 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20234 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20235 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20236 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20237 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20238 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20239 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20240 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20241 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20242 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20243 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20244 discards input when it starts up.)
20245 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20246 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20247 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20249 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20250 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20251 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20252 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20253 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20254 `default-process-coding-system'.
20256 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20257 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20258 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20259 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20261 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20263 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20264 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20266 ;;;***
20268 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16211
20269 ;;;;;; 27039))
20270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20272 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20273 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20274 \\{simula-mode-map}
20275 Variables controlling indentation style:
20276 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20277 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20278 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20279 `simula-indent-level'
20280 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20281 `simula-substatement-offset'
20282 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20283 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20284 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20285 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20286 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20287 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20288 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20289 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20290 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20291 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20292 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20293 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20294 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20295 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20296 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20297 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20298 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20299 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20300 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20301 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20302 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20303 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20304 or nil if they should not be changed.
20305 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20306 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20307 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20308 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20310 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20311 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
20313 \(fn)" t nil)
20315 ;;;***
20317 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20318 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16211 27018))
20319 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20321 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20322 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20324 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20325 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20326 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20327 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20329 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20331 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20332 Insert SKELETON.
20333 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20334 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20335 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20336 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20337 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20339 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20340 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20342 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20344 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20345 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20347 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20348 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20349 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20350 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20352 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20353 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20354 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20355 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20357 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20358 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20359 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20361 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20362 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20364 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20365 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20367 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20368 _ interesting point, interregion here
20369 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20370 interesting point set by _
20371 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20372 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20373 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20374 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20375 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20376 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20377 nil skipped
20379 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20380 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20382 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20383 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20384 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20385 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20386 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20387 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20388 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20389 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20391 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20392 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20393 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20394 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20395 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20396 available:
20398 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20399 then: insert previously read string once more
20400 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20401 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20402 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20404 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20405 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20407 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20409 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20410 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20412 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20413 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20414 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20415 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20416 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20417 such as backslash.
20419 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20420 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20421 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20423 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20425 ;;;***
20427 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20428 ;;;;;; (16258 10857))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20431 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20432 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20433 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20434 buffer names.
20436 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20438 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20439 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20440 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20444 ;;;***
20446 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20447 ;;;;;; (16211 27031))
20448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20450 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20451 Display textual smileys as images.
20452 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20453 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20454 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20456 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20458 ;;;***
20460 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20461 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16246 41418))
20462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20464 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20465 Not documented
20467 \(fn)" nil nil)
20469 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20470 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20472 \(fn)" t nil)
20474 ;;;***
20476 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16211 27038))
20477 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20479 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20480 Play the Snake game.
20481 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20483 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20485 Snake mode keybindings:
20486 \\<snake-mode-map>
20487 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20488 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20489 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20490 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20491 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20492 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20493 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20495 \(fn)" t nil)
20497 ;;;***
20499 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20500 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
20501 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20503 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20504 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20505 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20506 Tab indents for C code.
20507 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20508 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20509 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20510 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20511 `snmp-mode-hook'.
20513 \(fn)" t nil)
20515 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20516 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20517 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20518 Tab indents for C code.
20519 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20520 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20521 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20522 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20523 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20525 \(fn)" t nil)
20527 ;;;***
20529 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20530 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20531 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16211 27023))
20532 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20534 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20535 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20537 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20538 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20539 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20541 For example, the form
20543 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20544 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20546 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20548 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20550 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20551 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20553 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20554 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20555 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20556 York City.
20558 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20560 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20562 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20563 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20565 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20566 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20567 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20568 York City.
20570 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20572 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20574 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20575 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20576 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20577 pair.
20579 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20581 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20583 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20584 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20585 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20587 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20588 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20590 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20594 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20595 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20596 Requires floating point.
20598 \(fn)" nil nil)
20600 ;;;***
20602 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16211
20603 ;;;;;; 27038))
20604 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20606 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20607 Play Solitaire.
20609 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20610 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20611 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20612 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20613 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20614 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20615 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20616 check after each move or undo)
20618 What is Solitaire?
20620 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20621 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20622 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20624 Le Solitaire
20625 ============
20627 o o o
20629 o o o
20631 o o o o o o o
20633 o o o . o o o
20635 o o o o o o o
20637 o o o
20639 o o o
20641 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20642 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20643 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20644 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20646 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20647 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20648 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20649 this: o o .
20651 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20652 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20654 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20656 o o o
20658 . o o
20660 o o . o o o o
20662 o . o o o o o
20664 o o o o o o o
20666 o o o
20668 o o o
20670 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20672 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20676 ;;;***
20678 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20679 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20680 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16211 27018))
20681 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20683 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20684 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20686 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20687 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20688 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20689 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20690 contiguous.
20692 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20693 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20694 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20695 the sort order.
20697 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20698 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20700 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20701 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20702 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20703 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20704 is called.
20706 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20707 It should move point to the end of the record.
20709 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20710 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20711 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20712 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20713 starts at the beginning of the record.
20715 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20716 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20717 same as ENDRECFUN.
20719 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20720 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20722 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20724 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20725 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20726 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20727 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20728 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20729 the sort order.
20731 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20733 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20734 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20735 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20736 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20737 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20738 the sort order.
20740 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20742 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20743 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20744 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20745 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20746 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20747 the sort order.
20749 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20751 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20752 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20753 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20754 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20755 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20756 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20757 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20758 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20759 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20761 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20763 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20764 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20765 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20766 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20767 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20768 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20769 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20770 the sort order.
20772 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20774 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20775 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20776 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20777 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20778 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20779 is to be used for sorting.
20780 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20781 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20782 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20783 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20784 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20786 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20788 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20789 the sort order.
20791 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20792 starting with the letter \"f\",
20793 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20795 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20797 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20798 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20799 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20800 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20801 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20802 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20803 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20804 the sort order.
20806 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20807 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20808 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20809 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20810 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20812 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20814 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20815 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20816 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20818 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20820 ;;;***
20822 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20823 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16211 27019))
20824 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20826 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20828 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20829 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20830 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20831 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20832 supported at a time.
20833 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20834 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20838 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20839 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20840 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20841 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20843 \(fn)" t nil)
20845 ;;;***
20847 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20848 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16211 27044))
20849 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20851 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20853 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20854 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20855 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20856 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20857 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20858 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20860 \(fn)" t nil)
20862 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20863 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20864 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20865 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20867 \(fn)" t nil)
20869 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20870 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20871 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20872 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20873 for example, \"word\".
20875 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20877 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20878 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20880 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20882 ;;;***
20884 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16211
20885 ;;;;;; 27038))
20886 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20888 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20889 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20891 \(fn)" t nil)
20893 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20894 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20896 \(fn)" nil nil)
20898 ;;;***
20900 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20901 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20902 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
20903 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16225
20904 ;;;;;; 6527))
20905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20907 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
20908 Append a `font-lock-keywords' entry to the existing entries defined
20909 for the specified `product'.
20911 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
20913 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20914 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20916 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20917 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20919 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20921 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20922 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20923 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20925 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20927 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20928 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20929 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20930 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20931 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20932 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20933 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
20934 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20935 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20937 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20939 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20940 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20941 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20942 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20944 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20945 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20946 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20947 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20949 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20950 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20951 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20953 \(fn)" t nil)
20955 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20956 Major mode to edit SQL.
20958 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20959 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20960 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20962 \\{sql-mode-map}
20963 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20965 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20966 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20967 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20968 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20969 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20970 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20972 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20973 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20975 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20976 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20977 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20979 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20980 (lambda ()
20981 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20983 \(fn)" t nil)
20985 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
20986 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
20988 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20989 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20990 `*SQL*'.
20992 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20994 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
20996 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20997 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20999 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21000 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21001 `*SQL*'.
21003 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
21004 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21005 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
21006 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
21008 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21009 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21011 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21012 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21013 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21014 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21015 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21016 `default-process-coding-system'.
21018 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21020 \(fn)" t nil)
21022 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
21023 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
21025 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21026 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21027 `*SQL*'.
21029 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
21030 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
21031 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21032 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
21034 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21035 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21037 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21038 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21039 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21040 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21041 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21042 `default-process-coding-system'.
21044 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21046 \(fn)" t nil)
21048 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
21049 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
21051 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21052 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21053 `*SQL*'.
21055 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
21056 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21058 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21059 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21061 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21062 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21063 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21064 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21065 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21066 `default-process-coding-system'.
21068 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21070 \(fn)" t nil)
21072 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
21073 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
21075 SQLite is free software.
21077 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21078 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21079 `*SQL*'.
21081 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
21082 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21083 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21084 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
21086 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21087 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21089 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21090 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21091 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21092 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21093 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21094 `default-process-coding-system'.
21096 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21098 \(fn)" t nil)
21100 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
21101 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
21103 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
21105 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21106 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21107 `*SQL*'.
21109 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
21110 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21111 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21112 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
21114 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21115 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21117 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21118 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21119 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21120 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21121 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21122 `default-process-coding-system'.
21124 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21126 \(fn)" t nil)
21128 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
21129 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
21131 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21132 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21133 `*SQL*'.
21135 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
21136 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
21137 defaults, if set.
21139 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21140 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21142 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21143 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21144 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21145 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21146 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21147 `default-process-coding-system'.
21149 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21151 \(fn)" t nil)
21153 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
21154 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
21156 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21157 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21158 `*SQL*'.
21160 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
21161 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21163 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21164 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21166 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21167 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21168 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21169 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21170 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21171 `default-process-coding-system'.
21173 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21175 \(fn)" t nil)
21177 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
21178 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
21180 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21181 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21182 `*SQL*'.
21184 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
21185 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
21186 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
21187 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
21189 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21190 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21192 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21193 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21194 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21195 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21196 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21197 `default-process-coding-system'.
21199 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21201 \(fn)" t nil)
21203 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21204 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21206 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21207 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21208 `*SQL*'.
21210 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21211 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21212 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21213 `sql-postgres-options'.
21215 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21216 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21218 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21219 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21220 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21221 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21222 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21223 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21224 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21225 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21227 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21228 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21230 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21232 \(fn)" t nil)
21234 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21235 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21237 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21238 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21239 `*SQL*'.
21241 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21242 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21243 defaults, if set.
21245 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21246 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21248 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21249 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21250 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21251 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21252 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21253 `default-process-coding-system'.
21255 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21259 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21260 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21262 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21263 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21264 `*SQL*'.
21266 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21267 automatic login.
21269 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21270 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21272 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21273 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21274 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21275 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21277 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21278 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21279 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21280 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21281 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21282 `default-process-coding-system'.
21284 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21286 \(fn)" t nil)
21288 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21289 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21291 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21292 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21293 `*SQL*'.
21295 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21296 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21297 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21298 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21299 parameters.
21301 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21302 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21303 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21304 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21305 an empty password.
21307 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21308 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21310 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21314 ;;;***
21316 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21317 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21318 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21319 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21320 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16258
21321 ;;;;;; 10857))
21322 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21324 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21325 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21326 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21327 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21328 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21329 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21331 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21333 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21334 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21335 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21336 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21337 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21338 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21339 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21341 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21343 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21344 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21345 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21346 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21347 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21348 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21349 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21351 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21353 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21354 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21355 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21357 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21359 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21360 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21361 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21363 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21365 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21366 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21368 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21370 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21371 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21373 \(fn)" t nil)
21375 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21376 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21378 \(fn)" t nil)
21380 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21381 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21382 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21383 chronologically by command name.
21384 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21386 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21388 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21389 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21390 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21392 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21394 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21396 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21397 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21398 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21399 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21400 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21401 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21402 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21404 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21405 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21406 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21407 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21409 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21413 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21414 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21415 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21416 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21418 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21420 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21421 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21423 \(fn)" t nil)
21425 ;;;***
21427 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21428 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
21429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21431 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21432 Studlify-case the region.
21434 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21436 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21437 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21439 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21441 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21442 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21444 \(fn)" t nil)
21446 ;;;***
21448 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21449 ;;;;;; (16211 27036))
21450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21452 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21453 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21454 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21455 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21456 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21457 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21458 original message but it does require a few things:
21460 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21462 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21463 reply buffer.
21465 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21466 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21467 original message.
21469 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21471 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21473 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21474 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21475 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21477 \(fn)" nil nil)
21479 ;;;***
21481 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16211
21482 ;;;;;; 27026))
21483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21485 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21486 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21487 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21488 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21489 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21491 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21493 ;;;***
21495 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16211 27021))
21496 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21498 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21499 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21500 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21501 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21502 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21504 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21506 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21507 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21508 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21509 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21510 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21511 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21512 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21514 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21516 ;;;***
21518 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21519 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21520 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21521 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21522 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21523 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21524 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21525 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21526 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21527 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21528 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21529 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21530 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16211 27044))
21531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21533 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21534 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21535 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21537 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21539 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21540 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21542 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21544 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21545 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21547 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21549 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21550 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21552 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21554 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21555 Insert an editable text table.
21556 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21557 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21558 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21559 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21560 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21561 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21562 delimiting them.
21564 Examples:
21566 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21568 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21569 location of point.
21573 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21574 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21575 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21576 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21577 first cell.
21579 +-----+-----+-----+
21580 |-!- | | |
21581 +-----+-----+-----+
21583 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21585 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21586 width, which results as
21588 +--------------+-----+-----+
21589 |-!- | | |
21590 +--------------+-----+-----+
21592 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21593 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21595 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21596 | | |-!- |
21597 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21599 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21600 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21601 width information to `table-insert'.
21603 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21605 instead of
21607 Cell width(s): 5
21609 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21610 work all together.
21612 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21613 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21615 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21616 |-!- | | |
21617 | | | |
21618 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21620 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21622 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21623 |-!- | | |
21624 | | | |
21625 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21626 | | | |
21627 | | | |
21628 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21630 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21632 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21633 | | | |
21634 | | | |
21635 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21636 | | | |
21637 | | | |
21638 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21641 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21642 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21643 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21645 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21646 | | | |
21647 | | | |
21648 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21649 | | | |
21650 | | | |
21651 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21652 |-!- | | |
21653 | | | |
21654 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21656 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21657 results.
21659 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21660 | | | |
21661 | | | |
21662 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21663 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21664 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21665 | | |expected results.-!- |
21666 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21667 | | | |
21668 | | | |
21669 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21671 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21673 \\{table-cell-map}
21675 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21677 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21678 Insert N table row(s).
21679 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21680 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21681 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21682 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21684 \(fn N)" t nil)
21686 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21687 Insert N table column(s).
21688 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21689 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21690 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21691 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21693 \(fn N)" t nil)
21695 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21696 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21697 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21699 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21701 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21702 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21703 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21704 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21705 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21706 all the table specific features.
21708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21710 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21711 Not documented
21713 \(fn)" t nil)
21715 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21716 Recognize all tables within region.
21717 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21718 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21719 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21720 specific features.
21722 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21724 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21725 Not documented
21727 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21729 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21730 Recognize a table at point.
21731 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21732 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21733 the table specific features.
21735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21737 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21738 Not documented
21740 \(fn)" t nil)
21742 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21743 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21744 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21745 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21746 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21747 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21748 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21750 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21752 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21753 Not documented
21755 \(fn)" t nil)
21757 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21758 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21759 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21760 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21761 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21762 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21763 specified.
21765 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21767 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21768 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21769 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21770 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21771 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21772 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21773 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21774 table structure.
21776 \(fn N)" t nil)
21778 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21779 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21780 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21781 table's rectangle structure.
21783 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21785 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21786 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21787 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21788 table's rectangle structure.
21790 \(fn N)" t nil)
21792 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21793 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21794 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21795 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21796 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21798 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21800 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21801 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21802 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21804 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21805 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21806 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21807 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21808 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21809 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21810 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21812 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21813 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21814 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21815 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21816 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21817 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21818 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21820 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21821 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21822 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21823 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21824 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21825 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21826 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21827 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21829 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21831 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21832 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21833 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21834 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21838 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21839 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21840 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21842 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21844 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21845 Split current cell vertically.
21846 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21848 \(fn)" t nil)
21850 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21851 Split current cell horizontally.
21852 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21854 \(fn)" t nil)
21856 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21857 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21858 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21860 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21862 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21863 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21864 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21865 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21867 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21869 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21870 Justify cell contents.
21871 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21872 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21873 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21874 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21876 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21878 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21879 Justify cells of a row.
21880 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21881 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21883 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21885 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21886 Justify cells of a column.
21887 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21888 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21890 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21892 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21893 Toggle fixing width mode.
21894 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21895 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21896 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21900 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21901 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21902 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21903 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21904 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21905 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21906 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21907 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21908 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21909 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21910 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21912 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21914 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21915 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21916 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21917 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21918 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21919 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21920 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21921 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21922 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21923 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21924 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21925 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21926 untouched.
21928 References used for this implementation:
21930 HTML:
21931 http://www.w3.org
21933 LaTeX:
21934 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21936 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21937 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21938 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21940 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21942 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21943 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21944 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21945 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21946 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21947 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21948 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21949 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21950 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21951 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21952 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21953 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21954 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21955 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21956 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21957 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21958 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21960 Example:
21962 (progn
21963 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21964 (table-forward-cell 15)
21965 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21966 (table-forward-cell 16)
21967 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21968 (table-forward-cell 1)
21969 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21971 (progn
21972 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21973 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21974 (table-forward-cell 1)
21975 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21977 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21979 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21980 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21981 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21982 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21983 consists from cells of same height.
21985 \(fn N)" t nil)
21987 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21988 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21989 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21990 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21991 column must consists from cells of same width.
21993 \(fn N)" t nil)
21995 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21996 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21997 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21998 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21999 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
22000 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
22001 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
22002 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
22003 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
22004 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
22005 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
22006 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
22007 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
22008 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
22009 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
22012 Example 1:
22014 1, 2, 3, 4
22015 5, 6, 7, 8
22016 , 9, 10
22018 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
22019 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
22020 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
22021 specified as 5.
22023 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22024 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
22025 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22026 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
22027 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22028 | | 9 | 10 | |
22029 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22031 Note:
22033 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
22034 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
22035 of each row is optional.
22038 Example 2:
22040 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
22041 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
22042 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
22043 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
22044 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
22046 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
22047 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
22049 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
22050 expression and raw delimiter regular
22051 expression, it parses the specified text
22052 area and extracts cell items from
22053 non-table text and then forms a table out
22054 of them.
22056 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
22057 creates a single cell table. The text in
22058 the specified region is placed in that
22059 cell.-*-
22061 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
22062 like this.
22064 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22065 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22066 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22068 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
22069 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
22070 | expression, it parses the specified text |
22071 | area and extracts cell items from |
22072 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
22073 | of them. |
22075 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
22076 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
22077 | the specified region is placed in that |
22078 | cell. |
22079 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22081 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
22082 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
22083 independently.
22085 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22086 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22087 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22088 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22089 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
22090 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
22091 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
22092 | |area and extracts cell items from |
22093 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
22094 | |of them. |
22095 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22096 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
22097 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
22098 | |the specified region is placed in that |
22099 | |cell. |
22100 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22102 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
22103 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
22104 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
22106 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
22108 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
22109 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
22110 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
22111 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
22112 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
22114 \(fn)" t nil)
22116 ;;;***
22118 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16211 27021))
22119 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
22121 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
22122 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
22124 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
22126 ;;;***
22128 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16211 27021))
22129 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
22131 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
22132 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
22133 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
22134 Letters no longer insert themselves.
22135 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
22136 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
22137 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
22139 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
22140 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
22141 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
22142 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
22144 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
22145 \\{tar-mode-map}
22147 \(fn)" t nil)
22149 ;;;***
22151 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
22152 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16211 27039))
22153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
22155 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
22156 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
22157 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
22158 Tab indents for Tcl code.
22159 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22160 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22162 Variables controlling indentation style:
22163 `tcl-indent-level'
22164 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
22165 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
22166 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
22168 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
22169 documentation for details):
22170 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
22171 Controls action of TAB key.
22172 `tcl-auto-newline'
22173 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
22174 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
22175 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
22176 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
22177 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
22179 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
22180 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
22181 already exist.
22183 Commands:
22184 \\{tcl-mode-map}
22186 \(fn)" t nil)
22188 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
22189 Run inferior Tcl process.
22190 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
22191 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
22193 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
22195 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22196 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22197 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22199 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22201 ;;;***
22203 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16211 27037))
22204 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22205 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22207 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22208 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22209 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22210 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22211 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22212 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22213 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22215 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22216 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22218 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22219 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22220 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22221 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22223 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22225 ;;;***
22227 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16211
22228 ;;;;;; 27021))
22229 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22231 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22232 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22233 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22234 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22235 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22236 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22238 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22240 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22241 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22242 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22243 commands to use in that buffer.
22245 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22247 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22249 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22250 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22252 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22254 ;;;***
22256 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16211
22257 ;;;;;; 27021))
22258 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22260 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22261 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22262 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22263 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22264 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22265 program as keyboard input.
22267 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22268 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22269 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22270 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22272 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22273 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22274 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22275 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22276 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22278 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22280 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22281 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22282 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22283 terminal-redisplay-interval.
22285 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22286 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22287 subprocess started.
22289 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22291 ;;;***
22293 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
22294 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16211 27026))
22295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22297 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
22298 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
22299 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
22300 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
22301 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
22303 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
22305 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22306 Start coverage on function under point.
22308 \(fn)" t nil)
22310 ;;;***
22312 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16211 27038))
22313 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22315 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22316 Play the Tetris game.
22317 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22318 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22319 as to form complete rows.
22321 tetris-mode keybindings:
22322 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22323 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22324 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22325 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22326 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22327 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22328 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22329 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22330 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22332 \(fn)" t nil)
22334 ;;;***
22336 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22337 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22338 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22339 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22340 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22341 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22342 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22343 ;;;;;; (16291 51938))
22344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22346 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22347 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22349 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22351 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22352 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22353 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22354 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22355 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22357 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22359 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22360 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22361 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22362 if it matches the first line of the file,
22363 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22365 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22367 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22368 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22369 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22370 if the variable is non-nil.")
22372 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22374 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22375 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22377 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22379 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22380 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22381 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22382 See the documentation of that variable.")
22384 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22386 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22387 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22388 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22389 See the documentation of that variable.")
22391 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22393 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22394 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22395 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22396 See the documentation of that variable.")
22398 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22400 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22401 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22402 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22403 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22404 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22406 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22408 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22409 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22410 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22411 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22413 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22415 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22416 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22417 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22419 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22421 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22422 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22423 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22424 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22426 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22428 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22429 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22430 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22431 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22433 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22435 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22436 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22437 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22438 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22440 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22441 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22442 for example,
22444 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22445 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22447 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22448 use.")
22450 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22452 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi" "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
22453 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22454 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22455 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22456 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22458 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22460 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22462 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22463 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22464 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22466 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22468 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22469 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22470 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22471 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22472 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22474 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22476 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22477 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22479 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22481 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22482 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22484 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22486 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22487 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22488 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22489 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22490 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22491 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22492 says which mode to use.
22494 \(fn)" t nil)
22496 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22498 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22500 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22502 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22503 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22504 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22505 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22506 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22508 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22509 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22510 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22511 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22512 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22513 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22514 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22516 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22517 mismatched $'s or braces.
22519 Special commands:
22520 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22522 Mode variables:
22523 tex-run-command
22524 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22525 tex-directory
22526 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22527 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22528 tex-dvi-print-command
22529 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22530 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22531 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22532 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22533 tex-dvi-view-command
22534 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22535 tex-show-queue-command
22536 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22537 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22539 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22540 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22541 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22543 \(fn)" t nil)
22545 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22546 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22547 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22548 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22549 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22551 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22552 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22553 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22554 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22555 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22556 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22557 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22559 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22560 mismatched $'s or braces.
22562 Special commands:
22563 \\{latex-mode-map}
22565 Mode variables:
22566 latex-run-command
22567 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22568 tex-directory
22569 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22570 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22571 tex-dvi-print-command
22572 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22573 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22574 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22575 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22576 tex-dvi-view-command
22577 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22578 tex-show-queue-command
22579 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22580 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22582 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22583 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22584 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22586 \(fn)" t nil)
22588 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22589 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22590 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22591 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22592 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22594 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22595 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22596 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22597 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22598 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22599 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22600 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22602 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22603 mismatched $'s or braces.
22605 Special commands:
22606 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22608 Mode variables:
22609 slitex-run-command
22610 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22611 tex-directory
22612 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22613 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22614 tex-dvi-print-command
22615 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22616 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22617 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22618 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22619 tex-dvi-view-command
22620 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22621 tex-show-queue-command
22622 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22623 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22625 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22626 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22627 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22628 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22630 \(fn)" t nil)
22632 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22633 Not documented
22635 \(fn)" nil nil)
22637 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22638 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22640 \(fn)" t nil)
22642 ;;;***
22644 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22645 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16292 22308))
22646 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22648 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22649 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22650 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22651 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22653 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22654 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22655 Info-split to do these manually.
22657 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22659 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22660 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22661 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22662 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22663 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22665 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22667 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22668 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22669 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22670 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22672 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22673 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22674 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22675 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22677 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22678 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22680 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22682 ;;;***
22684 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22685 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16211 27044))
22686 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22688 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22689 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22691 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22693 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22694 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22696 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22698 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22699 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22701 It has these extra commands:
22702 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22704 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22705 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22706 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22707 modified version of TeX input format.
22709 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22710 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22711 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22712 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22714 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22715 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22716 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22717 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22718 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22719 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22720 in the Texinfo file.
22722 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22723 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22724 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22725 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22726 move forward past the closing brace.
22728 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22729 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22731 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22732 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22733 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22735 Here are the functions:
22737 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22738 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22739 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22741 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22742 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22743 texinfo-master-menu
22745 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22747 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22748 which menu descriptions are indented.
22750 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22751 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22752 in the region.
22754 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22755 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22756 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22757 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22759 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22760 be the first node in the file.
22762 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22763 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22765 \(fn)" t nil)
22767 ;;;***
22769 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22770 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22771 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16211 27033))
22772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22774 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22775 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22776 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22777 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22779 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22781 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22782 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22784 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22786 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22787 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22789 \(fn)" t nil)
22791 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22792 Not documented
22794 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22796 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22797 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22798 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22799 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22800 to compose.
22802 The return value is number of composed characters.
22804 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22806 ;;;***
22808 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22809 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22810 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16211 27021))
22811 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22813 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22814 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22816 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22818 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22819 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22820 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22821 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22822 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22824 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22825 a symbol as a valid THING.
22827 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22828 of the textual entity that was found.
22830 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22832 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22833 Return the THING at point.
22834 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22835 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22836 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22838 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22839 a symbol as a valid THING.
22841 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22843 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22844 Not documented
22846 \(fn)" nil nil)
22848 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22849 Not documented
22851 \(fn)" nil nil)
22853 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22854 Not documented
22856 \(fn)" nil nil)
22858 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22859 Not documented
22861 \(fn)" nil nil)
22863 ;;;***
22865 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22866 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22867 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22868 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22869 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22870 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16211 27033))
22871 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22873 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22874 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22875 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22877 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
22879 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22880 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22882 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22884 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22885 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22886 The returned string has no composition information.
22888 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22890 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22891 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22893 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22895 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22896 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22898 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22900 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22901 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22902 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22903 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22905 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22907 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22908 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22909 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22910 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22912 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22914 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22915 Not documented
22917 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22919 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22920 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22921 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22923 \(fn)" t nil)
22925 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22926 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22927 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22929 \(fn)" t nil)
22931 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22932 Not documented
22934 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22936 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22937 Not documented
22939 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22941 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22942 Not documented
22944 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22946 ;;;***
22948 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22949 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
22950 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22952 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22953 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22954 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22955 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22956 parameters.
22957 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22959 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22961 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22962 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22963 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22964 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22965 parameters.
22966 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22968 \(fn)" t nil)
22970 ;;;***
22972 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22973 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16211 27021))
22974 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22976 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22977 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22979 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22981 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22982 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22983 This display updates automatically every minute.
22984 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22985 are displayed as well.
22986 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22988 \(fn)" t nil)
22990 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22991 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22992 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22994 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22996 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22998 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22999 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
23000 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
23002 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
23003 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
23004 are displayed as well.
23005 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
23007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23009 ;;;***
23011 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
23012 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
23013 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
23014 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16211 27023))
23015 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
23017 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23018 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23020 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23022 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
23023 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
23025 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
23027 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
23028 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
23030 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23032 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
23033 Convert DAYS into a time value.
23035 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
23037 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
23038 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
23039 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
23041 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23043 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
23045 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
23046 Subtract two time values.
23047 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
23049 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23051 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
23052 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
23054 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23056 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
23057 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
23058 DATE should be a date-time string.
23060 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23062 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
23063 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
23064 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
23066 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
23068 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
23069 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
23071 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
23073 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
23074 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
23076 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23078 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
23079 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
23080 TIME should be a time value.
23081 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
23083 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23085 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23086 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23087 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
23089 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23091 ;;;***
23093 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
23094 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16211 27021))
23095 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
23097 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
23098 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
23099 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
23100 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
23101 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
23102 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
23103 look like one of the following:
23104 Time-stamp: <>
23105 Time-stamp: \" \"
23106 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
23107 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
23108 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
23109 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
23110 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
23111 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
23112 template.
23114 \(fn)" t nil)
23116 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
23117 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
23118 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
23120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23122 ;;;***
23124 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
23125 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
23126 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
23127 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
23128 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
23129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
23131 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
23132 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
23133 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
23134 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
23135 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
23136 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
23137 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
23138 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
23139 display (non-nil means on).
23141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23143 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
23144 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23145 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
23146 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
23147 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
23148 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
23149 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
23150 this function is called within a day.
23152 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
23153 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
23154 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
23155 discover the name of the project.
23157 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
23159 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
23160 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23161 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
23162 begun during the last time segment.
23164 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
23165 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
23166 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
23167 discover the reason.
23169 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
23171 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
23172 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
23173 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
23174 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
23175 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
23177 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23179 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
23180 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
23181 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
23182 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
23183 project you were working on.
23185 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
23187 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
23188 Ask the user before clocking out.
23189 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
23191 \(fn)" nil nil)
23193 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
23194 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
23195 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23197 \(fn)" t nil)
23199 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23200 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23201 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23202 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23203 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23204 \"relative to today\".
23206 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23208 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23209 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23210 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23211 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23213 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23215 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23216 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
23217 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23218 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
23219 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
23220 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23222 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23224 ;;;***
23226 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23227 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23228 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16211 27026))
23229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23231 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23233 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23234 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23236 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23238 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23239 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23241 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23243 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23244 Perform an action at time TIME.
23245 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23246 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23247 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23248 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23249 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23250 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23252 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23254 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23256 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23257 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23258 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23259 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23260 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23262 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23264 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23266 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23267 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23268 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23269 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23271 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23273 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23274 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23275 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23276 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23278 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23279 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23281 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23283 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23284 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23286 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23287 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23288 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23289 The call should look like:
23290 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23291 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23292 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23293 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23294 be detected.
23296 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23298 ;;;***
23300 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23301 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16213 6000))
23302 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23304 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23305 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23306 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23307 the generated Quail package is saved.
23309 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23311 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23312 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23313 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23314 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23315 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23316 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23317 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23319 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23321 ;;;***
23323 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
23324 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16232
23325 ;;;;;; 585))
23326 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23328 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23329 Not documented
23331 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23333 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
23334 Not documented
23336 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23338 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23339 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
23340 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
23341 PATTERN regexp.
23343 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23345 ;;;***
23347 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23348 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16211 27021))
23349 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23350 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23351 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23352 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23354 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23355 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23356 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23357 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23358 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23360 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23362 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23363 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23364 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23365 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23366 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23368 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23370 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23371 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23372 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23373 in the menu in two ways:
23374 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23375 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23376 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23378 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23379 keymap or an alist of alists.
23380 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23381 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23383 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23385 ;;;***
23387 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23388 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23389 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16211 27023))
23390 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23392 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23393 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23395 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
23397 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23398 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23400 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23402 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23403 Insert new TODO list entry.
23404 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23405 category.
23407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23409 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23410 List top priorities for each category.
23412 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23413 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23415 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23416 between each category.
23418 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23420 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23421 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23422 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23423 between each category.
23425 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23427 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23429 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23430 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23432 \\{todo-mode-map}
23434 \(fn)" t nil)
23436 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23437 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23439 \(fn)" nil nil)
23441 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23442 Show TODO list.
23444 \(fn)" t nil)
23446 ;;;***
23448 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23449 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23450 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16211 27044))
23451 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23453 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23454 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23455 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23457 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23459 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23461 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23462 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23463 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23465 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23466 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23470 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23472 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23473 Add an item to the tool bar.
23474 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23475 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23476 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23477 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23479 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23480 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23481 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23483 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23484 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23486 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23488 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23489 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23490 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23491 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23492 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23493 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23495 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23496 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23497 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23499 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23501 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23502 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23503 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23504 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23505 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23506 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23507 properties to add to the binding.
23509 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23511 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23512 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23514 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23516 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23517 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23518 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23519 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23520 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23521 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23522 properties to add to the binding.
23524 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23526 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23528 ;;;***
23530 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23531 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
23532 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23534 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23535 Mode for tooltip display.
23536 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23540 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23541 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23543 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23545 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23547 ;;;***
23549 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16211
23550 ;;;;;; 27026))
23551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23553 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23555 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23557 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23558 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23560 \(fn)" t nil)
23562 ;;;***
23564 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23565 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16211 27026))
23566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23568 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23569 Set scroll margins.
23571 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23573 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23574 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23576 \(fn)" t nil)
23578 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23579 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23581 \(fn)" t nil)
23583 ;;;***
23585 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16225 60547))
23586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23588 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23589 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23590 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23591 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23592 to a tcp server on another machine.
23594 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23596 ;;;***
23598 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23599 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16211 27026))
23600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23602 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23603 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23605 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23607 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23608 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23609 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23610 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23611 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23612 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23613 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23614 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23616 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23618 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23619 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23620 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23621 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23622 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23623 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23624 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23626 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23628 ;;;***
23630 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23631 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23632 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16211 27037))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23635 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23636 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23637 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23639 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23640 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23641 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23642 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23644 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23645 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23646 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23647 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23649 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23650 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23651 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23652 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23653 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23654 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23655 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23656 files which are not really tramp files.
23658 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23659 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23660 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23661 updated after changing this variable.
23663 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23665 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23667 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23668 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23669 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23670 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23672 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23673 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23674 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23675 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23677 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23678 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23679 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23681 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23682 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23683 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23684 updated after changing this variable.
23686 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23688 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23690 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23691 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23692 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23694 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23696 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23698 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23699 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23700 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23702 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23704 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23706 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23708 ;;;***
23710 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23711 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16211 27044))
23712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23713 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23714 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23715 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23717 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23718 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23719 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23720 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23721 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23722 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23723 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23725 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23727 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23728 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23729 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23730 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23732 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23734 \(fn)" t nil)
23736 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23737 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23738 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23739 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23740 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23741 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23742 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23744 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23745 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23747 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23748 \\___/\\
23749 / \\
23750 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23752 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23754 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23756 ;;;***
23758 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23759 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23760 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23761 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16211 27021))
23762 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23764 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23765 Toggle typing break mode.
23766 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23768 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23770 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23772 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23773 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23775 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23777 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23778 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23780 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23781 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23782 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23784 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23785 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23787 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23789 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23790 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23791 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23793 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23794 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23795 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23796 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23797 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23798 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23800 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23801 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23802 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23803 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23805 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23806 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23808 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23809 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23811 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23813 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23814 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23815 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23817 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23818 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23819 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23820 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23821 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23822 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23823 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23825 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23826 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23828 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23829 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23830 reset the keystroke counter.
23832 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23833 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23834 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23835 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23837 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23838 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23839 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23840 `type-break-schedule' command.
23842 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23843 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23844 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23845 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23846 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23847 or not to continue.
23849 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23850 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23851 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23852 approximate good values for this.
23854 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23855 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23857 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23858 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23859 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23860 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23861 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23862 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23864 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23865 a typing break occur. They include:
23867 `type-break-query-mode'
23868 `type-break-query-function'
23869 `type-break-query-interval'
23871 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23873 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23875 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23876 Take a typing break.
23878 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23879 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23881 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23882 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23884 \(fn)" t nil)
23886 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23887 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23888 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23889 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23891 \(fn)" t nil)
23893 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23894 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23896 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23897 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23898 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23899 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23900 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23901 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23902 average typing speed.)
23904 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23905 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23906 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23907 the computed maximum threshold.
23909 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23910 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23911 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23912 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23913 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23915 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23917 ;;;***
23919 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23920 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16211 27044))
23921 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23923 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23924 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23925 Works by overstriking underscores.
23926 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23927 which specify the range to operate on.
23929 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23931 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23932 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23933 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23934 which specify the range to operate on.
23936 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23938 ;;;***
23940 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23941 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16211 27036))
23942 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23944 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23945 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23946 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23948 \(fn)" t nil)
23950 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23951 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23952 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23953 following the containing message.
23955 \(fn)" t nil)
23957 ;;;***
23959 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23960 ;;;;;; (16211 27036))
23961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23963 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23964 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23965 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23966 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23967 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23968 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23970 \(fn)" nil nil)
23972 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23973 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23975 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23977 ;;;***
23979 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16211
23980 ;;;;;; 27026))
23981 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23983 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23984 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23985 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23986 of symbols with local bindings.
23988 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23990 ;;;***
23992 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23993 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16211 27021))
23994 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23996 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23997 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23998 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23999 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
24000 to refrain from editing the file
24001 return t (grab the lock on the file)
24002 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
24003 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
24004 in any way you like.
24006 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
24008 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
24009 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
24010 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
24011 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
24012 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
24014 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
24015 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
24017 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
24019 ;;;***
24021 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
24022 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (16211 27032))
24023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
24025 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
24026 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
24027 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
24028 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
24030 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24032 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
24033 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
24034 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
24036 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24038 ;;;***
24040 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
24041 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
24042 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
24043 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
24044 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
24045 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
24046 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16211 27021))
24047 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
24049 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
24050 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
24051 See `run-hooks'.")
24053 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
24055 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
24056 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
24057 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
24059 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
24061 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
24062 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
24063 See `run-hooks'.")
24065 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
24067 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
24068 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
24070 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
24072 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
24073 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
24074 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
24075 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
24076 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
24077 somebody else, signal error.
24079 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24081 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
24082 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
24083 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
24084 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
24085 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
24087 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24089 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
24090 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
24091 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
24092 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
24093 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
24094 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
24095 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
24096 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
24097 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
24098 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
24099 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
24101 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
24103 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
24104 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
24106 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
24107 it will operate on the file in the current line.
24109 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
24110 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
24111 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
24112 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
24113 lock steals will raise an error.
24115 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
24117 For RCS and SCCS files:
24118 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24119 control.
24120 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
24121 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
24122 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
24123 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
24124 it performs a revert.
24125 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
24126 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
24127 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
24128 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
24129 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
24130 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
24131 the option to steal the lock.
24133 For CVS files:
24134 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24135 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
24136 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
24137 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
24138 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
24139 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
24140 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
24141 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
24142 merge in the changes into your working copy.
24144 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
24146 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
24147 Register the current file into a version control system.
24148 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
24149 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
24151 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
24152 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
24153 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
24154 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
24155 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
24156 first backend that could register the file is used.
24158 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
24160 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
24161 Display diffs between file versions.
24162 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
24163 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
24164 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
24165 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
24166 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
24167 saving the buffer.
24169 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
24171 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
24172 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
24173 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
24174 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
24176 \(fn REV)" t nil)
24178 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
24179 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
24180 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
24181 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
24183 \(fn)" t nil)
24185 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
24186 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
24187 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
24188 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
24189 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
24190 from the current branch.
24192 See Info node `Merging'.
24194 \(fn)" t nil)
24196 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
24198 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
24199 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24201 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24203 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24204 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24206 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24208 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24209 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24210 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24211 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24212 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24213 are checked out in that new branch.
24215 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24217 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24218 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24219 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24220 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24221 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24222 allowed and simply skipped).
24224 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24226 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24227 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24229 \(fn)" t nil)
24231 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24232 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24233 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24234 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24235 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24237 \(fn)" t nil)
24239 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24240 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24241 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24242 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24243 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24244 the current branch are merged into the working file.
24246 \(fn)" t nil)
24248 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24249 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24250 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24252 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24254 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24255 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24256 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24257 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24258 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24259 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24260 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24262 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24264 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24265 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24266 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24267 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24268 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24269 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24270 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24271 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24272 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24274 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24276 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24277 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24279 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24281 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24282 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24283 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24284 directory.
24286 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24288 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24289 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24290 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24292 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24293 log entries should be gathered.
24295 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24297 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24298 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24300 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24301 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24302 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24303 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24304 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24305 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24307 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24308 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24309 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24310 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24311 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24312 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24313 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24314 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24316 Customization variables:
24318 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24319 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24320 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24321 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24323 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
24325 ;;;***
24327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16250 54573))
24328 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24329 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24330 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24331 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24332 (load "vc-cvs")
24333 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24335 ;;;***
24337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16211 27021))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24339 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24340 (let ((dir file))
24341 (while (and (stringp dir)
24342 (not (equal
24343 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24344 dir)
24345 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24346 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24347 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24348 (if (eq dir t)
24349 (progn
24350 (load "vc-mcvs")
24351 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24353 ;;;***
24355 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24356 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
24357 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24359 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24360 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24361 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24363 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24364 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24366 ;;;***
24368 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24369 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
24370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24372 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24373 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24374 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24376 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24377 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24379 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24380 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24381 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24382 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24384 ;;;***
24386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16211 27021))
24387 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24388 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24389 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24390 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24391 (load "vc-svn")
24392 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24394 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24396 ;;;***
24398 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24399 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
24400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24402 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24403 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24405 Usage:
24406 ------
24408 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24409 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24410 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24411 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24412 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24413 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24414 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24415 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24416 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24418 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24419 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24420 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24421 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24423 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24424 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24425 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24426 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24427 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24429 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24430 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24433 HEADER INSERTION:
24434 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24435 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24436 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24439 STUTTERING:
24440 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24441 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24442 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24443 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24445 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24446 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24447 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24448 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24449 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24452 WORD COMPLETION:
24453 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24454 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24455 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24456 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24458 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24459 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24460 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24461 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24462 beginning with \"std\").
24464 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24465 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24466 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24467 stop.
24470 COMMENTS:
24471 `--' puts a single comment.
24472 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24473 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24474 with a comment in between.
24475 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24476 out following lines.
24477 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24478 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24480 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24481 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24482 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24483 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24484 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24485 non-nil.
24487 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24488 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24489 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24490 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24491 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24492 multi-line comments.
24495 INDENTATION:
24496 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24497 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24498 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24499 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24501 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24502 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24503 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24504 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24506 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24507 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24508 and vice versa.
24510 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24511 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24514 ALIGNMENT:
24515 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24516 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24517 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24518 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24519 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24520 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24521 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24522 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24524 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24525 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24526 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24527 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24528 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24529 is non-nil.
24531 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24532 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24533 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24535 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24536 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24539 | CODE FILLING:
24540 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24541 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24542 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24543 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24544 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24545 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24548 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24549 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24550 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24551 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24552 command:
24554 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24557 PORT TRANSLATION:
24558 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24559 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24560 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24561 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24562 internal signal initializations (menu).
24564 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24565 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24566 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24568 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24569 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24570 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24571 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24572 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24573 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24575 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24576 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24577 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24580 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24581 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24582 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24583 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24584 | association list with formals).
24587 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24588 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24589 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24590 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24591 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24592 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24593 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24594 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24595 `vhdl-testbench'.
24598 KEY BINDINGS:
24599 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24602 VHDL MENU:
24603 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24606 FILE BROWSER:
24607 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24608 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24609 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24611 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24612 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24615 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24616 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24617 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24618 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24620 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24621 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24622 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24624 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24625 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24626 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24627 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24629 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24630 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24631 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24632 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24633 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24635 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24636 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24637 required by secondary units.
24640 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24641 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24642 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24643 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24644 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24645 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24646 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24647 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24648 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24649 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24650 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24651 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24652 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24653 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24654 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24656 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24657 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24658 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24659 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24660 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24662 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24663 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24664 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24665 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24666 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24668 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24669 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24671 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24674 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24675 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24676 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24677 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24678 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24679 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24680 information. New compilers can be added.
24682 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24683 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24686 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24687 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24688 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24689 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24690 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24692 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24693 command:
24695 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24696 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24697 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24699 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24700 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24701 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24702 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24703 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24704 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24705 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24707 Limitations:
24708 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24709 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24710 not (yet) supported.
24711 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24712 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24713 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24716 PROJECTS:
24717 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24718 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24719 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24720 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24721 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24722 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24723 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24724 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24726 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24727 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24728 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24729 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24730 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24731 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24732 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24733 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24734 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24735 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24736 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24739 SPECIAL MENUES:
24740 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24741 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24742 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24743 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24744 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24745 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24746 current directory for VHDL source files.
24749 VHDL STANDARDS:
24750 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24751 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24754 KEYWORD CASE:
24755 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24756 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24757 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24758 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24759 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24760 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24761 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24762 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24765 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24766 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24767 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24768 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24769 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24770 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24771 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24773 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24774 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24775 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24776 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24777 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24778 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24780 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24781 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24782 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24783 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24784 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24785 visually.
24787 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24788 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24789 highlighted if written in lower case.
24791 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24792 highlighted using a different background color if option
24793 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24795 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24796 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24797 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24798 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24799 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24802 USER MODELS:
24803 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24804 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24805 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24808 HIDE/SHOW:
24809 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24810 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24811 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24812 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24813 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24816 CODE UPDATING:
24817 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24818 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24819 Limitations:
24820 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24821 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24822 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24823 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24824 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24825 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24826 (used to obtain the port names).
24829 CODE FIXING:
24830 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24831 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24834 PRINTING:
24835 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24836 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24837 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24838 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24839 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24840 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24841 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24842 printers.
24845 OPTIONS:
24846 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24847 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24848 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24849 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24850 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24852 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24853 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24854 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24855 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24856 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24857 INSTALL file).
24859 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24860 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24863 FILE EXTENSIONS:
24864 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24865 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24866 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24868 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24871 HINTS:
24872 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24873 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24875 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24877 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24879 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24882 RELEASE NOTES:
24883 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24886 Maintenance:
24887 ------------
24889 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24890 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24892 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24894 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24895 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24896 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24897 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24899 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24900 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24901 where the latest version can be found.
24904 Known problems:
24905 ---------------
24907 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24908 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24909 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24912 The VHDL Mode Authors
24913 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24915 Key bindings:
24916 -------------
24918 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
24920 \(fn)" t nil)
24922 ;;;***
24924 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16211 27026))
24925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24927 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24928 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24929 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24930 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24932 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24933 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24934 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24935 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24936 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24938 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24939 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24941 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24943 * Limitations and unsupported features
24944 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24945 not supported.
24946 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24947 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24949 * Modifications
24950 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24951 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24952 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24953 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24954 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24955 for undoing a repeated change command.
24956 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24957 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24958 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24960 * Extensions
24961 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24962 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24963 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24964 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24965 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24966 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24967 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24968 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24970 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24972 \(fn)" t nil)
24974 ;;;***
24976 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24977 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24978 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24979 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16211 27033))
24980 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24982 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24983 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24985 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24987 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24988 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24989 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24990 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24992 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24994 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24995 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24997 \(fn)" t nil)
24999 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
25000 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
25001 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25002 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
25004 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25006 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
25007 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
25009 \(fn)" t nil)
25011 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
25012 Not documented
25014 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25016 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
25017 Not documented
25019 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25021 ;;;***
25023 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
25024 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
25025 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16211
25026 ;;;;;; 27021))
25027 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
25029 (defvar view-mode nil "\
25030 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
25031 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
25032 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
25034 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
25036 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
25037 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
25038 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25039 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25040 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25041 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25042 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25044 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25046 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25048 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
25049 View FILE in View mode in another window.
25050 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
25051 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25052 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25053 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25054 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25055 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25057 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25059 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25061 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
25062 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
25063 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
25064 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25065 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25066 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25067 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25068 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25070 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25072 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25074 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
25075 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
25076 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25077 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25078 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25079 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25080 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25082 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25084 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25085 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25086 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25088 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25090 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
25091 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
25092 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25093 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25094 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25095 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25096 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25097 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25099 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25101 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25102 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25103 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25105 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25107 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
25108 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
25109 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25110 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25111 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25112 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25113 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25114 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25116 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25118 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25119 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25120 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25122 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25124 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
25125 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
25126 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25128 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
25129 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
25130 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
25131 read-only.
25132 \\<view-mode-map>
25133 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
25134 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
25135 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
25136 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
25137 commands default to a repeat count of one.
25139 H, h, ? This message.
25140 Digits provide prefix arguments.
25141 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
25142 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
25143 > move to the end of buffer.
25144 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
25145 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
25146 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
25147 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
25148 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
25149 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25150 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25151 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25152 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
25153 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25154 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
25155 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
25156 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25157 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
25158 Use this to view a changing file.
25159 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
25160 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
25161 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
25162 . set the mark.
25163 x exchanges point and mark.
25164 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
25165 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
25166 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
25167 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
25168 ' go to position saved in character register.
25169 s do forward incremental search.
25170 r do reverse incremental search.
25171 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
25172 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
25173 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
25174 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
25175 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
25176 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
25177 p searches backward for last regular expression.
25178 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
25179 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
25180 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
25181 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
25182 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
25183 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
25184 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
25185 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
25186 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
25187 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
25189 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
25190 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
25191 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
25192 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
25193 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
25194 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
25195 will return to that buffer.
25197 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25201 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25202 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25203 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25204 `view-return-to-alist'.
25205 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25206 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25207 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25209 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25210 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25211 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25212 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25213 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
25214 1) nil Do nothing.
25215 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
25216 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25217 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
25218 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25220 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25222 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25224 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25226 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25227 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25229 \(fn)" t nil)
25231 ;;;***
25233 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16211
25234 ;;;;;; 27026))
25235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25237 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25238 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25240 \(fn)" nil nil)
25242 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25243 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25245 \(fn)" t nil)
25247 ;;;***
25249 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25250 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
25251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25253 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25254 Toggle Viper on/off.
25255 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25257 \(fn)" t nil)
25259 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25260 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25262 \(fn)" t nil)
25264 ;;;***
25266 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25267 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
25268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25270 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25271 Function to generate warning prefixes.
25272 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25273 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25274 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25275 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25276 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25277 the beginning of the warning.")
25279 (defvar warning-series nil "\
25280 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25281 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25282 which is the start of the current series; it means that
25283 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25284 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25285 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25286 also call that function before the next warning.")
25288 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25289 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25291 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
25292 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
25293 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
25294 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25296 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25297 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25298 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
25299 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25300 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25301 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25303 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25304 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25305 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25306 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25307 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25308 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25309 :debug -- info for debugging only.
25311 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25312 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25314 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25316 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25317 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25319 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25321 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25322 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25323 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25324 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25326 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
25327 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25328 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25329 can be whatever you like.)
25331 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25332 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25333 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25334 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25335 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25337 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25339 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25340 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25341 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25342 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25343 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
25345 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25347 ;;;***
25349 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16211 27037))
25350 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25352 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25353 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25355 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25356 hotlist.
25358 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25359 <nwv@acm.org>.
25361 \(fn)" t nil)
25363 ;;;***
25365 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25366 ;;;;;; (16249 31942))
25367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25368 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25369 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25371 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25373 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25374 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25375 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25377 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25379 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25381 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25382 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25383 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25384 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25386 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25387 and off otherwise.
25389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25391 ;;;***
25393 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25394 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25395 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25396 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25397 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25398 ;;;;;; (16248 29803))
25399 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25401 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25402 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25404 \(fn)" t nil)
25406 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25407 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25409 \(fn)" t nil)
25411 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25412 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25414 \(fn)" t nil)
25416 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25417 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25419 \(fn)" t nil)
25421 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25422 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25424 \(fn)" t nil)
25426 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25427 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25428 These are:
25429 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25430 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25431 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25432 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25433 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25435 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25436 and:
25437 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25438 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25440 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25442 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25443 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25445 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25447 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25448 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25450 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25451 whitespace problems.
25453 \(fn)" t nil)
25455 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25456 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25458 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25460 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25461 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25462 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25464 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25466 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25468 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25469 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25470 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
25472 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25473 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25477 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25478 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25479 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25481 \(fn)" t nil)
25483 ;;;***
25485 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25486 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16211 27022))
25487 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25489 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25490 Browse the widget under point.
25492 \(fn POS)" t nil)
25494 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25495 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25497 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25499 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25500 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25502 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25504 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25505 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25506 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25510 ;;;***
25512 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25513 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16284
25514 ;;;;;; 32617))
25515 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25517 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25518 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25520 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25522 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25523 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25524 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25526 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25528 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25529 Create widget of TYPE.
25530 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25532 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25534 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25535 Delete WIDGET.
25537 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25539 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25540 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25542 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25544 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25545 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25546 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25548 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25549 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25551 \(fn)" nil nil)
25553 ;;;***
25555 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25556 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16211
25557 ;;;;;; 27022))
25558 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25560 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25561 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25562 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25563 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25564 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25565 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25566 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25570 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25571 Select the window above the current one.
25572 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25573 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25574 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25575 negative ARG) of the current window.
25576 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25580 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25581 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25582 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25583 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25584 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25585 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25586 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25590 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25591 Select the window below the current one.
25592 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25593 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25594 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25595 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25596 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25600 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25601 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25602 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25603 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25605 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25607 ;;;***
25609 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25610 ;;;;;; (16211 27022))
25611 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25613 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25614 Toggle winner-mode.
25615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25616 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25618 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25620 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25621 Toggle Winner mode.
25622 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25626 ;;;***
25628 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25629 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16239 4622))
25630 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25632 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25633 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25634 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25635 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25636 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25637 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25638 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25639 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25641 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25642 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25644 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25646 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25647 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25649 \(fn)" t nil)
25651 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25652 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25653 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25654 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25655 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25656 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25657 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25658 `woman' command for further details.
25660 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25662 ;;;***
25664 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25665 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
25666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25668 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25669 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25671 BUGS:
25672 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25673 are not implemented
25674 - Options for search and replace
25675 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25676 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25678 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25679 Emacs-like.
25681 The key bindings are:
25683 C-a backward-word
25684 C-b fill-paragraph
25685 C-c scroll-up-line
25686 C-d forward-char
25687 C-e previous-line
25688 C-f forward-word
25689 C-g delete-char
25690 C-h backward-char
25691 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25692 C-j help-for-help
25693 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25694 C-l ws-repeat-search
25695 C-n open-line
25696 C-p quoted-insert
25697 C-r scroll-down-line
25698 C-s backward-char
25699 C-t kill-word
25700 C-u keyboard-quit
25701 C-v overwrite-mode
25702 C-w scroll-down
25703 C-x next-line
25704 C-y kill-complete-line
25705 C-z scroll-up
25707 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25708 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25709 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25710 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25711 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25712 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25713 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25714 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25715 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25716 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25717 C-k b ws-begin-block
25718 C-k c ws-copy-block
25719 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25720 C-k f find-file
25721 C-k h ws-show-markers
25722 C-k i ws-indent-block
25723 C-k k ws-end-block
25724 C-k p ws-print-block
25725 C-k q kill-emacs
25726 C-k r insert-file
25727 C-k s save-some-buffers
25728 C-k t ws-mark-word
25729 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25730 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25731 C-k v ws-move-block
25732 C-k w ws-write-block
25733 C-k x kill-emacs
25734 C-k y ws-delete-block
25736 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25737 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25738 C-o j justify-current-line
25739 C-o k kill-buffer
25740 C-o l list-buffers
25741 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25742 C-o r set-fill-column
25743 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25744 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25745 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25746 C-o wo other-window
25747 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25749 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25750 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25751 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25752 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25753 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25754 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25755 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25756 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25757 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25758 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25759 C-q a ws-query-replace
25760 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25761 C-q c end-of-buffer
25762 C-q d end-of-line
25763 C-q f ws-search
25764 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25765 C-q l ws-undo
25766 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25767 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25768 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25769 C-q w ws-last-error
25770 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25771 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25773 \(fn)" t nil)
25775 ;;;***
25777 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25778 ;;;;;; (16301 42974))
25779 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25781 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25782 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25783 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25784 Returns the top node with all its children.
25785 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25786 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25788 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25790 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25791 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25792 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25793 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25794 is not well-formed XML.
25795 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25796 and returned as the first element of the list.
25797 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25799 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25801 ;;;***
25803 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16211
25804 ;;;;;; 27022))
25805 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25807 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25808 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25809 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25811 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25813 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25815 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25816 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25817 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25819 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25823 ;;;***
25825 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25826 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16211 27038))
25827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25829 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25830 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25832 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25834 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25835 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25837 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25839 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25840 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25841 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25843 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25845 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25846 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25848 \(fn)" t nil)
25850 ;;;***
25852 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16211 27038))
25853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25855 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25856 Zone out, completely.
25858 \(fn)" t nil)
25860 ;;;***
25862 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25863 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16211 27037))
25864 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25866 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25867 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25869 \(fn)" t nil)
25871 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25872 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25874 Zone-mode does two things:
25876 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25877 when saving the file
25879 - fontification
25881 \(fn)" t nil)
25883 ;;;***
25885 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25886 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25887 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25888 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25889 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25890 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25891 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25892 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25893 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25894 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25895 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25896 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25897 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25898 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25899 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25900 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25901 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25902 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25903 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
25904 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
25905 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
25906 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
25907 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
25908 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
25909 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
25910 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
25911 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
25912 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
25913 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
25914 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
25915 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el"
25916 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
25917 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
25918 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
25919 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
25920 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
25921 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
25922 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
25923 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
25924 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
25925 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
25926 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
25927 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
25928 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
25929 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
25930 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
25931 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25932 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25933 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25934 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25935 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25936 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25937 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25938 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25939 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25940 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25941 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25942 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25943 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25944 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25945 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25946 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25947 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25948 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25949 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25950 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25951 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25952 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25953 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25954 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25955 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25956 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25957 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25958 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25959 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25960 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25961 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25962 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25963 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
25964 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25965 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25966 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25967 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25968 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
25969 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
25970 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
25971 ;;;;;; "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
25972 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
25973 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
25974 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
25975 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
25976 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
25977 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
25978 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
25979 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
25980 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
25981 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
25982 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
25983 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
25984 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25985 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25986 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25987 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25988 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25989 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25990 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25991 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
25992 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
25993 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
25994 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
25995 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
25996 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
25997 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
25998 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
25999 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
26000 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
26001 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
26002 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
26003 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
26004 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
26005 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
26006 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
26007 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
26008 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
26009 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
26010 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26011 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26012 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
26013 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
26014 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
26015 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
26016 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16313 5919 739767))
26018 ;;;***
26020 ;;; Local Variables:
26021 ;;; version-control: never
26022 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
26023 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
26024 ;;; End:
26025 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here